PIONEER HI BRED INTERNATIONAL INC
S-8, 1998-09-15
AGRICULTURAL PRODUCTION-CROPS
Previous: TRANSMEDIA NETWORK INC /DE/, 424B3, 1998-09-15
Next: PIONEER STANDARD ELECTRONICS INC, S-3/A, 1998-09-15




                       SECURITIES AND EXCHAGNE COMMISSION
                             Washington D.C. 20849

                                    FORM S-8
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                        UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

                      PIONEER HI-BRED INTERNATIONAL, INC.
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

          Iowa                                              42-0470520
    (state or other jurisdiction of                      (I.R.S. Employer
     incorporation or organization)                     Identification No.)

         800 Capital Square, 400 Locust Street, Des Moines, Iowa 50309
                    (Address of Principal Executive Offices) (Zip Code)

                      PIONEER HI-BRED INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                                  SAVINGS PLAN
                            (Full title of the Plan)

                                  Susan Griggs
                     800 Cap[ital Square, 400 Locust Street
                             Des Moines, Iowa 50309
                                 (515) 248-4820

                    (Name and address of agent for service)
                    (telephone number, including area code,
                           name of agent for service)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                           
                                          Proposed             Proposed
                                            Maximum            Maximum
Title of securities      Amount to be   offering price per     aggregate        Amount of
 to be registered        Registered (1)      share(2)        offering price      registration fee
- -------------------      -------------- ------------------  --------------      -----------------
Common Stock
<S>        <C>           <C>               <C>                 <C>                 <C>       
 Par value $1            2,000,000         $31.0625            $62,125,000         $18,370.00
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

(1)  Pursuant to rule 416 (c) under the Securities act of 1933, this 
     registration statement also covers an indeterminate amount of interest to
     be offered or sold pursuant to the employee benefit plan described herein.
(2)  Estimated solely for purposes of calculation of the registration fee 
     pursuant to Rule 457(h) and based on the average of the high and low prices
     of the Common Stock of Piioneer Hi-Bred International, Inc. as reported on
     September 11, 1998 in the New York Stock Exchange.
<PAGE>


                                     PART I

              INFORMATION REQUIRED IN THE SECTION 10(a) PROSPECTUS

Item 1.  Plan Information*

Item 2   Registrant Information and Employee Plan Annual Information.*

          *Information required by Part 1 of Form S-8 to be contained in the
Section10(a) prospectus is omitted from this Registration Statement in 
accordance with Rute 428 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the 
"Securities  Act"), and the Note to Part 1 of Form S-8.

                                    PART II

               INFORMATION REQUIRED IN THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT

Item 3.  Incorporation of Documents by Reference.

          The following documents, which previously have been filed by the 
Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission"), are
incorporated herein by reference and made a part hereof:

          (i)       The Company's latest annual report on Form 10K, for the 
     fiscal year ended August 31, 1997, filed pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d)
     of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934;

          (ii)      The Pioneer Hi-Bred International, Inc. Savings Plan's 
     latest annual report, filed pursuant to section 13(a) or 15(d);

          (iii)     All Quarterly Reports and other reports filed pursuant to
     Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 since the
     end of the fiscal year covered by the annual report referred to in (i)
     above;

          (iv)      The description of the Company's Common Stock contained in
     the Company's Registration Statement on Form 8-A, dated October 19, 1995, 
     (Registration Statement No. 95581557), including any amendment or report
     filed for the purpose of updating such description and;

          (v)       The description of the Preferred Share Purchase Rights
     attached to Common Stock contained in the Company's Registration Statement
     on Form 8A/A-1 (Registration statement No. 001-11551), filed December 17,
     1996, as amended in the Company's Registration Statement on Form 8-A/A-2
     (Registration Statement No. 97672184), filed August 28, 1997, including
     any amendment or report filed for purposes of updating such description.

          All reports and other documents filed by the Company pursuant to
Section 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the
"Exchange Act:) subsequent to the date of this Registration Statement and prior
to the filing of a post-effective amendment hereto which indicates that all
securities offered hereunder have been sold or which deregisters all securities
offered hereunder have bben sold or which deregisters all securities then 
remaining unsold, shall be deemed to be incorporated by reference herein and to
be a part hereof from the date of filing of such documents.

          For purposes of this Registration Statement, any statement contained
in a document incorporated or deemed to be incorporated herein by reference 
shall be deemed to be modified or susperseded to the extent that a statement
contained herein or in any other subsequently filed document which also is or is
deemed to be incorporated herein by reference modifies or supersedes such 
statement in such document.  Any statement so modified or superseded 
shall not be deemed, except as so modified or superseded, to constitute a part 
of this Registration Statement.

Item 4.  Description of Securities.

<PAGE>

          Not applicable

Item 5.  Interests of Named Experts and Counsel.

          None

Item 6.   Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Iowa business Corporation Act.  the Company is subject to the Iowa Business
Corporation Act (the "Act") which provides for or permits indemnification of
Directors and officers in certain situations.  Unless limited by its Articles
of Incorporation, indemnification is mandatory for a Director or an officer
(not an employee) who was wholly successful, on the merits or otherwise, in the
defense of any proceeding to which the Director or officer was a party because
such person is or was a Director or officer of the corporation against 
reasonable expenses incurred by the Director or officer in connection with the
proceeding.  In addition, unless the Articles of Incorpoiration provide 
otherwise, a Director or officer may apply for limited court ordered
indemnification if certain standards are met.

The Act by its terms expressly permits indemnification where a Director, 
officer, employee or agent acted in good faith and in a manner such person 
reasonably believed to be in (if acting in its official capacity), or not
opposed to, the Company's best interests, and, in a criminal action, if such
person had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.
No indemnification is permitted in connection with a proceeding by or in the
right of a corporation in which the person was adjudged liable to the
corporation or in connection with any other proceeding charging improper
personal benefit to the Director, whether or not involving action in an official
capacity, in which the person was adjuged liable on the basis that personal
benefit was improperly received.

The Act also permits advancement of expenses to a Doirector, officer, employees
or agents upon 1) receipt of an undertaking by such to repay all amounts
advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that he or she is not entitled to
be indemnified by the corporation; 2) the person furnishes the corporation a
written affirmation of the person's good faith belief he or she has met the
applicable standard or conduct; or 3) determination is made that the facts then
known to those making the determination would not preclude indemnification.

Generally, the above pprovisions of the Act are permissive in nature.  The only
indemnification requirement imposed by the Act is that, unless limited by its
Articles of Incorporation, a company must indemnify a Director or officer
against reasonable expenses incurred in connection with the wholly succesful
defense of a proceeding.

The Act specifically provides that, subject to certain limitations, its terms
shall not be deemed exclusive of any other right to indemnification to which a
Director or officer may be entitled under a corporation's Articles of
Incorporation or Bylaws, or any agreement, vote of shareholders or disinterested
Directors, or otherwise.  However, indemnification cannot be provided in the
case of 1) breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the corporation or
shareholders; 2) an act or omission not in good faith; 3) an intentional
misconduct; 4) a knowing violation of the law; 5) a transaction from which the
person seeking indemnification derives an improper personal benefit; 6) 
liability for certain unlawful distributions; and 7) the person being adjudged
liable to the corporation in a proceeding by or in the right of the corporation.
Indemnification by or in the right of the corporation is limited to reasonable
expenses in connection with the proceeding.

THE ABOVE IS A SUMMARY OF THE ACT WHICH SHOULD BE READ AND REVIEWED CAREFULLY.

Bylaws.  Under the Bylaws and Indemnification Agreements, officers, Directors 
and employees will be indemnified to the fullest extent permitted by law.  Under
the current Iowa law, indemnification is generally not permitted in the
circumstances set forth in the last full paragraph of the section titled "Iowa
Business Corporation Act."

<PAGE>

The key terms of the Bylaw provisions are the following:

     a)   The Company is reuired to indemnify officers, directors and
          employees for expenses and liabilities by reason of the fact that
          such person is or was a director, officer or employee of the
          Company or while a director, officer or employee of the Company was
          serving for another entity at the request or with the approval of the
          Company to the fullest extent permitted by law as the law exists or
          may thereafter be amended (but only to the extent greater protection
          is permitted).  The provision does limit indemnification for
          proceedings initiated by the indemnitee, except with Company consent,
          to enforce the indemnification provision;    
     b)   Mandatory expense advancement is provided upon a promise to repay if
          it is later determined that the person was not entitled to 
          indemnification;
     c)   The following make determinations as to whether the applicable
          standard was met:  1) the board of directors by majority vote of a
          quorum consisting of directors not at the time parties to the
          proceeding, 2) if a quorum cannot be obtained, a committee duly
          designated by the board of directors, in which designation directors
          who are parties may participate, consisting solely of two or more
          directors not at the time parties to the proceeding, 3) special legal
          counsel of 4) the shareholders;
     d)   Partial indemnification is provided if some but not all liabilities
          and expenses are entitled to indemnification;
     e)   Company consent to settlement is required;
     f)   An individual may bring suit to enforce the Bylaw provisions if they
          are not paid within 60 days after a written claim;
     g)   The rights under the Bylaws are nonexclusive of other rights to
          indemnification;
     h)   The Company is authorized to set up trusts for payment of
          indemnification (the Company does not currently anticipate setting up
          such a trust);
     i)   The Company is authorized to provide insurance (the Company currently
          has insurance);
     j)   The right to indemnification is contractual and cannot be amended
          retroactively;
     k)   Indemnification is provided for suits to enforce the contractual
          rights;
     l)   The Company is provided subrogation rights;
     m)   The potential indemnitee must provide notice of proceedings;
     n)   The Company is entitled to participate in any suit or to asusme the
          defenses of the indemnitees, with counsel reasonably satisfactory
          to the indemnitee.  Indemnitee shall haave the right to employ its
          own counsel.  After the Company assumes defense, fees and expense of
          such counsel will be at the expense of the indemnitee unless 1)
          authorized by theCompany; 2) the Company has not employed counsel or
          cannot in good faith without conflict assume the defense of 
          indemnitee; or 3) the counsel selected by the Company does not in fact
          assume the defense;
     0)   The Company may, by Board of Directors resolution, provide 
          indemnification to officers, directors or employees of other entities
          not otherwise provided indemnification by the Bylaws.  The Company is
          reviewing which officers, directors and employees of its affiliates it
          may want to provide indemnification protection;
     p)   Indemnification and advancements are provided to an indemnitee for
          serving as a witness; and
     q)   Directors, officers or employees are provided the protection stated 
          above for serving employee benefit plans.

Indemnification Agreements.  The Indemnification Agreements are Intended to
supplement the indemnification provisions of the Bylaws in order to attract
and retain qualified Directors and officers.

The terms of the Indemnification Agreements closely parallel the Bylaws.  The
Indemnification Agreements reuire indemnifications of and advancement of 
expenses for directors and officers to the fullest extent allowed by law as now
exist or may be amended, but only to any extent greater protection is provided.

The Indemnification Agreements also set forth a number of procedural and
substantitve matters which presently are not covered or are covered in less
detail in the Bylaws, including the following:

First, each Indemnificatin Agreement requires that, at the time of any Change in
Control, as defined in the Indemnification Agreement, the Company will obtain at
its epxnes and maintain for the duration of the Indemnification Agreement an
<PAGE>

irrevocalbe standby letter of credit in the amount of $1,000,000 or more in
favor of each person covered by an agreement to secure the oblications of the
Company under the Indemnification Agreement.  A person covered by an
Indemnification Agreement could draw upon the letter of credit any time after
he or she makes a demand upon the Company for payment of a claim for
indemnification which is not subsequently paid by the Company.  Each letter of
credit would provide a person covered by an Inemnification Agreement with the
assurance that, notwithstanding the inability of the Company or unwillingness of
a new Board of directors to pay for indemnification under the Indemnification
Agreement, the person will have a minimum amount of protection from liability.

     
Second, the Indemnificatin Agreements establish a presumption that a person
covered by an Indemnification Agreement has met the applicable standard of
conduct required for indemnification, and the Company has the burden of proof
(by clear and convincing evidence) to overcome such presumption in reaching
any contrary determination.  The terminatin of any claim, issue or matter does
not adversely affect the right to indemnification or create a presumption that
the person did not act in good faith.  Reliance on certain information is 
deemed to be in good faith and knowledge and actions of others is not imputed
to the indemnitee. The right of a person covered by an Indemnification
Agreement to indemnification under the Indemnification Agreement will be 
determined by a forum selected by such persons consisting of either; (i)
disinterested members of the Board of Directors; (ii) independent legal counsel;
or (iii) a panel of three arbtrators.  If the Company does not submit the claim
to a selected forum within 30 days after notice thereof or if the selected
forum fails to reach a decision within 30 days, the person covered by an 
Indemnification Agreement is automatically deemed to be entitled to
indemnification under the Indemnification Agreement.

Third, the Indemnification Agreement does not terminate until the later of 10
years after the person ceases to serve in a capacity covered under the
Indemnification Agreement or termination of all proceedings in respect to which
the officer or director is granted the right of indemnification.

Fourth, the Indemnification agreement explicitly states that all dismissals, 
with or without prejudice, shall be deemed successful defenses if there is no 
finding indemnitee did not act in good faith.

Fifth, the Indemnificatin Agreement obligates the Company to use reasonable 
efforts to purchase and maintain insurance.

Sixth, the Indemnification Agreement prevents suits by or on behalf of the
Comany against the Indemnitee two years after the person ceases to be a director
or officer or serve for the Company.

Item 7.  Exemption from Registration Claimed

          Not applicable

Item 8.  Exhibits:

Exhibit No.    Description

4.1            Pioneer Hi-Bred International, Inc. Savings Plan

4.2            Articles of Incorporation of the Company, as amended, as
               presently in effect.

4.3            Bylaws of the Company, as amended, as presently in effect.

4.4            Amended and Restated Rights Agreement dated December 13, 1966
               (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1 to the company's Form
               8A/A filed December 17, 1996, file No. 001-11551), as amended
               in the Company's Registration Statement on Form 8-A/A-2
               (Registration Statement No. 97672184 by reference to Exhibit 1),
               filed August 28, 1997, including any amendment or report filed
               for purposes of updating such description.
<PAGE>
4.5            Specimen of the Companh's Common Stock

5.1            Opinion of Legal Counsel (relating to legality of securities 
               being registered).

23.1           Consent of Independent auditors.

23.2           consent of Legal Counsel (included in Exhibits 5.1 hereto).

The Registrant hereby undertakes that the Plan and any amendment thereto will be
submitted to the Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") in a timely manner and all
changes required by the IRS in order to qualify the plan will be made.

Item 9.  Undertakings

     (a) the undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes;

         (1)   To file during any period in which offers or sales are being
made, a post-effective amendment to this Registration statement.

               (i)  To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a) (3) of
          the Securities Act;

               (ii) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising
          after the effective date of the Registration Statement (or the most
          recent post-=effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in
          the aggregate, reprsent a fundamental change in the information set
          forth in the Registration statement.
    
4.5            (iii) To include any material information with respect to the
          plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the Registration
          Statement or any material change to such information in the 
          Registration  Statement;  provided,  however,  that paragraphs (a) (1)
          (i) and (a) (1) (ii) do not  apply  if the  information required to be
          included  in a post-effective  amendment by those  paragraphs  in 
          contained in periodic reports filed by the Registrant pursuant 
          to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of  the  Exchange  Act  that  are  
          incorporated  by  reference  in  the  Registration Statement.

               (2) That, for the purpose of determining  any liability under the
Securities Act, each such  post-effective  amendment shall be deemed to be a new
registration  statement  relating to the  securities  offered  therein,  and the
offering of such  securities  at the time shall be deemed to be the initial bona
fide offering thereof.

               (3) To  remove  from  registration  by means of a  post-effective
amendment  any of the  securities  being  registered  which remain unsold at the
termination of the offering.

        (b) The undersigned  Registrant  hereby undertakes that, for purposes of
determining  any  liability  under  the  Securities  Act,  each  filing  of  the
Registrant's  annual  report  pursuant to Section  13(a) or Section 15(d) of the
Exchange Act (and each filing of an employees benefit plan's pursuant to Section
15(d0 of the Exchange act) that is incorporated by reference in the Registration
Statement  shall be deemed to be a new  registration  statement  relating to the
securities offered therein, and offering of such securities at the time shall be
deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

        (c)  Insofar  as  indemnification  for  liabilities  arising  under  the
Securities Act may be permitted to directors,  officers and controlling  persons
of the  Registrant  pursuant to the  foregoing  provisions,  or  otherwise,  the
Registrant  has  been  advised  that  in  the  opinion  of the  Commission  such
indemnification  is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and
is,  therefore,  unenforceable.  In the event  that a claim for  indemnification
against such  liabilities  (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses
incurred or paid by a director,  officer or controlling person of the Registrant
in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such
director,  officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter
has been  settled by  controlling  precedent,  submit to a court of  appropriate
jurisdiction the question whether such  indemnification  by it is against public
policy as  expressed  in the  Securities  Act and will be  governed by the final
adjudication of such issue.


<PAGE>



                                   SIGNATURES
                                   ----------

               The  Registrant.  Pursuant to the  requirements of the Securities
Act of 1933, the Registrant  certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe
that it meets all of the  requirement for filing on Form S-8 and has duly caused
this  Registration  Statement  to be  signed on its  behalf by the  undersigned,
thereunto duly authorized,  in the City of Des Moines, State of Iowa on the 14th
day of September, 1998.

                                    PIONEER HI-BRED INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                                    Registrant



                            By:/s/ Jerry L. Chicoine
                                   Executive Vice President
                                      Chief Operating Officer & Secretary



<PAGE>



               Pursuant to the  requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
Registration  Statement  has  been  signed  by  the  following  persons  in  the
capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature                           Title                       


/s/ Charles S. Johnson              Chairman, President,
Charles S. Johnson                  Chief Executive Officer
                                    and Director


/s/  Jerry L. Chicoine              Executive Vice President,
Jerry L. Chicoine                   Chief Operating Officer
                                    and Director


/s/  Brian G. Hart                  Vice President
Brian G. Hart                       and Chief Financial Officer


/s/  Duane A. Suess                 Corporate Controller
Duane A. Suess


/s/ Thomas N. Urban                 Director
Thomas N. Urban


/s/  Dr. Owen J. Newlin             Director
Dr. Owen J. Newlin


/s/  Nancy Y. Bekavac               Director
Nancy Y. Bekavac


/s/ C. Robert Brenton               Director
C. Robert Brenton


/s/  Charles O. (Chad) Holliday, Jr. Director
Chad Holliday


/s/  Fred S. Hubbell                Director
Fred S. Hubbell


/s/  Luiz Kaufmann                  Director
Luiz Kaufmann




<PAGE>


/s/  William F. (Bill) Kirk         Director
Bill Kirk

/s/  Dr. F. Warren McFarlan         Director
Dr. F. Warren McFarlan


/s/  Dr. Virginia Walbot            Director
Dr. Virginia Walbot


/s/  H. Scott Wallace               Director
H. Scott Wallace


/s/  Fred W. Weitz                  Director
Fred W. Weitz


/s/  Herman H.F. Wijffels           Director
Herman H.F. Wijffels


    Pursuant  to the  requirements  of the  Securities  Act of  1933,  the  Plan
Administrator  (Pioneer  Hi-Bred  International,   Inc.  has  duly  caused  this
registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned,  thereunto
duly  authorized,  in the City of Des Moines,  State of Iowa,  on September  14,
1998.


    By (Signature and Title) /s/ Charles S. Johnson
                             PIONEER HI-BRED INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                             Plan Administrator
                             Charles S. Johnson
                             Chief Executive Officer of 
                             Pioneer Hi-Bred International, Inc.






                       PIONEER HI-BRED INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                                  SAVINGS PLAN


                                    ARTICLE I

                                     GENERAL
                                     -------

          Sec.  1.1 Name of Plan.  The  name of the  discretionary  contribution
     profit sharing plan set forth herein is Pioneer Hi-Bred International, Inc.
     Savings Plan. It is sometimes herein referred to as the "Plan".

          Sec.  1.2  Purpose.  The Plan has been  established  so that  eligible
     employees may have an additional source of retirement income.

          Sec. 1.3 Effective Date. The "Effective Date" of the Plan, the date as
     of which the Plan was established, is September 1, 1979.

          Sec. 1.4 Company.  The  "Company"  is Pioneer  Hi-Bred  International,
     Inc., an Iowa corporation, and any Successor Employer thereof.

          Sec.  1.5  Participating  Employers.  The  Company is a  Participating
     Employer in the Plan. As of October 1, 1998, the following  subsidiaries of
     the Company are also Participating Employers:

      (a)  PHI Insurance Services, Inc.

      (b)  The Advantage Corporation

      (c)  PHI Financial Services, Inc.

      (d)  Pioneer Hi-Bred of Puerto Rico, Inc.

The  President of the Company may from time to time take written  action  adding
additional  subsidiaries  as  Participating  Employers  effective as of the date
specified in such action or removing Participating  Employers from the Plan. Any
such  written  action  shall be  deemed  to be an  amendment  of the  Plan.  Any
Successor  Employer to a  Participating  Employer shall also be a  Participating
Employer in the Plan.

           Sec. 1.6  Construction  and  Applicable  Law. The Plan is intended to
meet the requirements for qualification under section 401(a) of the Code and the
requirements applicable to qualified cash or deferred arrangements under section
401(k) of the Code.  The Plan is also  intended  to be in full  compliance  with
applicable  requirements of ERISA.  The Plan shall be administered and construed
consistent  with  said  intent.  It shall  also be  construed  and  administered
according  to the laws of the State of Iowa to the extent that such laws are not
preempted  by the laws of the  United  States  of  America.  All  controversies,
disputes,  and claims arising  hereunder shall be submitted to the United States
District Court for the Southern District of Iowa,  except as otherwise  provided
in any trust agreement entered into with a Funding Agency.

           Sec.  1.7  Benefits   Determined   Under   Provisions  in  Effect  at
Termination of Employment.  Except as may be specifically provided herein to the
contrary,   benefits  under  the  Plan   attributable  to  service  prior  to  a
Participant's  Termination  of  Employment  shall  be  determined  and  paid  in
accordance  with  the  provisions  of the Plan as in  effect  as of the date the
Termination  of  Employment   occurred  unless  he  or  she  becomes  an  Active
Participant  after  that date and such  active  participation  causes a contrary
result under the  provisions  hereof.  However,  the provisions of this document
shall apply to any such  Participant  to the extent  necessary  to maintain  the
qualified  status of the Plan under Code  section  401(a) or to comply  with the
requirements of ERISA.

           Sec.  1.8  Effective  Date of  Document.  Unless a different  date is
specified  for some  purpose  in this  document,  the  provisions  of this  Plan
document are generally effective as of October 1, 1998.  However,  any provision
necessary  to comply with a  requirement  of federal  legislation  or a Treasury
regulation,  which requirement has an earlier effective date, shall be effective
retroactively to the date required by the applicable law or regulation.


<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE II

                            MISCELLANEOUS DEFINITION
                            ------------------------

          Sec. 2.1 Account.  "Account"  means a Participant's  or  Beneficiary's
     interest in the Fund of any of the types described in Sec. 7.1.

          Sec. 2.2 Active  Participant.  An employee is an "Active  Participant"
     only while he or she is both a Participant and a Qualified Employee.

          Sec. 2.3  Affiliate.  "Affiliate"  means any trade or business  entity
     under Common Control with a Participating Employer, or under Common Control
     with a Predecessor Employer while it is such.

          Sec.  2.4  Beneficiary.  "Beneficiary"  means the  person  or  persons
     designated as such pursuant to the provisions of Article VIII.

          Sec. 2.5 Board.  The "Board" is the board of directors of the Company,
     and includes any  executive  committee  thereof  authorized to act for said
     board of directors.

          Sec. 2.6 Certified Earnings.  Commencing February 1, 1997,  "Certified
     Earnings" of a Participant  from a  Participating  Employer for a Plan Year
     means the amount determined by the  Participating  Employer and reported to
     the  Company  to be the  total  earnings  paid  to the  Participant  by the
     Participating  Employer  during  such Plan Year for  service as a Qualified
     Employee, subject to the following:

      (a)  Certified Earnings include Before-Tax  Contributions to this Plan and
           any  contributions  made by salary  reduction to any other plan which
           meets the requirements of Code sections 125, 401(k), 402(h)(1)(B), or
           403(b),  whether or not such  contributions  are actually  excludable
           from the Participant's  gross income for federal income tax purposes.
           Certified Earnings do not include Qualified  Non-Elective or Matching
           Contributions to this Plan.

       b) Extraordinary  and  non-recurring  items  (such  as lump sum
          payments to  terminate  an  employment  contract or terminal  vacation
          pay); relocation payments,  mobility premiums, cost of living ("COLA")
          payments,   relocation  bonuses  or  mortgage  interest   differential
          payments;  payments in the nature of reimbursements for expenses (such
          as mileage  payments  for use of personal  vehicles  and  construction
          travel   allowances);   reimbursements   for   employee  or  dependent
          educational  expenses  (such as College  Aid  scholarships  or tuition
          reimbursements);  severance  pay;  any income  derived  from use of an
          automobile  provided by a Participating  Employer,  from employer-paid
          life  insurance as described in Code section 79 or from  employer-paid
          trips  by  the  Participant's   spouse;   benefits  derived  from  the
          Participant's  participation in any stock-based  compensation  program
          maintained by any Participating Employer; bonuses, incentives or other
          amounts  paid  after  the  Participant's  Termination  of  Employment;
          payments or  contributions to or for the benefit of the employee under
          any other deferred compensation, pension, insurance, or other employee
          benefit  plan; or other  similar  fringe  benefits or items of special
          compensation  shall not be included in computing  Certified  Earnings,
          except as provided in subsection (a) or to the extent such amounts are
          required to be included in  determining  the regular  rate of pay of a
          Participant who is a non-exempt  employee under the Federal Fair Labor
          Standards Act for purposes of computing overtime pay thereunder.

       c) Effective  for Plan Years  commencing  after 1996,  Certified
          Earnings of a Participant for any Plan Year shall not exceed $160,000,
          adjusted  for each Plan Year to take into  account  any cost of living
          increase  provided  for  that  year  in  accordance  with  regulations
          prescribed by the Secretary of the  Treasury.  The dollar  increase in
          effect on January 1 of any  calendar  year  shall  apply to Plan Years
          beginning  in that  calendar  year.  If a Plan Year is shorter than 12
          months,  the  limit  under  this  subsection  for that  year  shall be
          multiplied  by a  fraction,  the  numerator  of which is the number of
          months in the short Plan Year and the denominator of which is 12.

          Sec. 2.7 Code.  "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 as from
time to time amended.

           Sec. 2.8 Common Control.  Effective for Plan Years  commencing  after
1988,  a trade or business  entity  (whether a  corporation,  partnership,  sole
proprietorship  or otherwise)  is under  "Common  Control" with another trade or
business  entity (i) if both  entities are  corporations  which are members of a
controlled  group of corporations as defined in Code section 414(b),  or (ii) if
both entities are trades or businesses  (whether or not incorporated)  which are
under  common  control  as  defined  in Code  section  414(c),  or (iii) if both
entities are members of an  affiliated  service group as defined in Code section
414(m),  or (iv) if both  entities  are  required to be  aggregated  pursuant to
regulations  under Code section  414(o).  Service for all entities  under Common
Control shall be treated as service for a single employer to the extent required
by the Code;  provided,  however,  that an  individual  shall not be a Qualified
Employee  by reason of this  section.  In  applying  the first  sentence of this
section for purposes of Article VI, the provisions of subsections (b) and (c) of
section 414 of the Code are deemed to be  modified  as provided in Code  section
415(h).

          Sec. 2.9 ERISA.  "ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security
Act of 1974 as from time to time amended.

           Sec. 2.10  Family Member.  Family aggregation rules ceased to apply
to this Plan effective January 1, 1997.

           Sec. 2.11  Forfeitures.  "Forfeitures" means that part of the Fund so
recognized under Sec. 9.2(b).

           Sec. 2.12  Fund.  "Fund" means the aggregate of assets described in 
Sec. 11.1.

           Sec. 2.13 Funding Agency.  "Funding Agency" is a trustee or trustees 
or an insurance company appointed and acting from time to time in accordance 
with the provisions of Sec. 11.2 for the purpose of holding, investing, and 
disbursing all or a part of the Fund.

           Sec. 2.14  Highly Compensated Employee. "Highly Compensated Employee"
for any Plan Year means an individual described as such in Code section 414(q).

      (a)  Unless otherwise provided in Code section 414(q),  commencing January
           1, 1997, each employee who meets one of the following requirements is
           a "Highly Compensated Employee":

           (1)   The  employee at any time during the current or prior Plan Year
                 was a more than  5-percent  owner as  defined  in Code  section
                 414(q)(2),  or was the spouse,  child, parent or grandparent of
                 such an owner to whom the owner's stock is attributed  pursuant
                 to Code  section 318  (regardless  of the  Compensation  of the
                 owner or family member).

           (2)   The employee received Compensation from the employer in exces
                 of $80,000for the prior Plan Year.

           (3)   The individual is a former  employee who had a separation  year
                 prior to the current  Plan Year and such  individual  performed
                 services for the employer and was a Highly Compensated Employee
                 for  either  (i) such  separation  year,  or (ii) any Plan Year
                 ending  on  or  after  the   individual's   55th  birthday.   A
                 "separation  year" is the Plan  Year in  which  the  individual
                 separates  from service with the  employer.  With respect to an
                 individual  who separated  from service before January 1, 1987,
                 the  individual  will  be  included  as  a  Highly  Compensated
                 Employee only if the individual was a more than 5-percent owner
                 or received  Compensation  in excess of $50,000  during (i) the
                 employee's   separation   year  (or  the  year  preceding  such
                 separation  year),  or (ii) any year  ending  on or after  such
                 individual's 55th birthday (or the last year ending before such
                 individual's 55th birthday).

      (b)  The dollar amount  specified in paragraph (2) of subsection (a) shall
           be indexed for cost of living  increases for each calendar year after
           1996 as provided in the applicable Treasury regulations. For any Plan
           Year,  the  applicable  dollar  amount shall be the dollar  amount in
           effect for the calendar year in which the Plan Year commences.

      (c)  For purposes of this section,  "employer"  includes all Participating
           Employers  and  all  Affiliates,   and  "employee"   includes  Leased
           Employees.

      (d)  For purposes of this section, "Compensation" means the amount defined
           as such under Sec. 6.1(f) plus the Before-Tax  Contributions  to this
           Plan and any  other  elective  deferral  contributions  made by or on
           behalf  of  the   employee  to  any  other  plan   maintained   by  a
           Participating  Employer or an Affiliate  which are not  includible in
           the gross income of the employee  under Code  sections  125,  401(k),
           402(h)(1)(B),  or 403(b).  Commencing  January 1, 1998,  Compensation
           means the amount defined as such under Sec. 6.1(f).

           Sec. 2.15 Leased Employee. "Leased Employee" means any person defined
as such by Code section 414(n). In general,  a Leased Employee is any person who
is not  otherwise  an  employee  of a  Participating  Employer  or an  Affiliate
(referred to collectively as the  "recipient")  and who pursuant to an agreement
between  the  recipient  and  any  other  person  ("leasing  organization")  has
performed  services for the recipient (or for the recipient and related  persons
determined  in  accordance  with  Code  section  414(n)(6))  on a  substantially
full-time  basis  for a period  of at least  one  year  and  such  services  are
performed under primary  direction or control by the recipient.  For purposes of
the requirements listed in Code section 414(n)(3),  any Leased Employee shall be
treated as an employee of the recipient,  and contributions or benefits provided
by the leasing organization which are attributable to services performed for the
recipient  shall be treated as provided  by the  recipient.  However,  if Leased
Employees  constitute less than 20% of the Participating  Employers'  non-highly
compensated  work force  within the  meaning of Code  section  414(n)(5)(C)(ii),
those Leased  Employees  covered by a plan  described in Code section  414(n)(5)
shall be disregarded. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Leased Employee shall be
a Qualified Employee or a Participant in this Plan.

           Sec. 2.16 Named  Fiduciary.  The Company is a "Named  Fiduciary"  for
purposes  of ERISA  with  authority  to  control  or manage  the  operation  and
administration of the Plan, including control or management of the assets of the
Plan.  Other  persons  are also Named  Fiduciaries  under  ERISA if so  provided
thereunder  or if so  identified  by the Company,  by action of the Board.  Such
other  person or  persons  shall  have such  authority  to control or manage the
operation and administration of the Plan, including control or management of the
assets of the Plan,  as may be provided by ERISA or as may be  allocated  by the
Company, by action of the Board.

           Sec. 2.17  Non-Highly Compensated Employee.  "Non-Highly Compensated 
Employee" means an employee of the Participating Employers who is not a Highly 
Compensated Employee.

           Sec. 2.18  Normal Retirement Age.  "Normal Retirement Age" is age 65.

           Sec. 2.19  Participant.  A "Participant" is an individual describe
as such in Article IV.

           Sec. 2.20  Plan Year.  A "Plan Year" is the calendar year.

           Sec. 2.21 Predecessor Employer. Any corporation,  partnership,  firm,
or  individual,  a  substantial  part of the assets and  employees  of which are
acquired by a successor is a  "Predecessor  Employer" if named in this  section,
subject to any conditions and  limitations  with respect thereto imposed by this
section;  provided,  however, that any such corporation,  partnership,  firm, or
individual  may be named as a Predecessor  Employer only if all of its employees
who at the  time  of the  acquisition  become  employees  of the  successor  and
Participants  hereunder are treated  uniformly,  the use of service with it does
not produce discrimination in favor of Highly Compensated  Employees,  and there
is no duplication  of benefits for such service.  To be considered a Predecessor
Employer, the acquisition of assets and employees of a corporation, partnership,
firm, or individual must be by a Participating  Employer, by an Affiliate, or by
another Predecessor Employer. Any other employer shall be a Predecessor Employer
if so required by regulations prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury. As of
October 1, 1998, there are no Predecessor Employers.

           Sec. 2.22  Qualified Employee.  "Qualified Employee" means any 
employee of a Participating Employer, subject to the following:

      (a)  An employee is not a Qualified Employee prior to the date as of which
           his or her employer becomes a Participating Employer.

      (b)  A nonresident alien within the meaning of Code section  7701(b)(1)(B)
           while not receiving earned income (within the meaning of Code section
           911(d)(2)) from a  Participating  Employer which  constitutes  income
           from  sources  within the United  States  (within the meaning of Code
           section 861(a)(3)) is not a Qualified Employee.

      (c)  Except as provided in paragraphs (1) and (2),  below,  an employee is
           not a Qualified  Employee  unless his or her services  are  performed
           within the United  States,  or the  principal  base of  operations to
           which the employee frequently returns is within the United States.

           (1)   A Qualified  Employee  who is  transferred  by a  Participating
                 Employer to a location outside the United States on a temporary
                 assignment  or as a  project  employee  will  continue  to be a
                 Qualified  Employee  during the period the individual  works in
                 either of those categories.

           (2)   A Qualified  Employee who was  transferred  by a  Participating
                 Employer  to  a  location  outside  the  United  States  as  an
                 indefinite  transferee  prior  to 1995  will  continue  to be a
                 Qualified  Employee  until  the  date  the  individual  becomes
                 covered by any retirement  plan  maintained by a  Participating
                 Employer or an  Affiliate  for  employees  located  outside the
                 United States.

     (d)  Eligibility   of  employees  in  a  collective   bargaining   unit  to
          participate  in  the  Plan  is  subject  to   negotiations   with  the
          representative  of that unit.  During any period  that an  employee is
          covered by the provisions of a collective bargaining agreement between
          a Participating  Employer and such representative,  the employee shall
          not be  considered  a  Qualified  Employee  for  purposes of this Plan
          unless such  agreement  expressly  so  provides.  For purposes of this
          section only,  such an agreement shall be deemed to continue after its
          formal expiration during collective  bargaining  negotiations  pending
          the execution of a new agreement.

     (e)  An employee shall be deemed to be a Qualified Employee during a period
          of  absence  from  active   service  which  does  not  result  from  a
          Termination of Employment,  provided he or she is a Qualified Employee
          at the commencement of such period of absence.

     (f)  Notwithstanding  anything herein to the contrary, an individual is not
          a Qualified  Employee during any period during which the individual is
          classified by a Participating Employer as an independent contractor or
          is classified by a Participating Employer as any other status in which
          the person is not treated as a common law employee of a  Participating
          Employer  for  purposes of  withholding  of taxes,  regardless  of the
          correct legal status of the individual.  The previous sentence applies
          to all periods of such service of an  individual  who is  subsequently
          reclassified  as  an  employee,   whether  the   reclassification   is
          retroactive or prospective.

          Sec. 2.23  Successor  Employer.  A "Successor  Employer" is any entity
     that succeeds to the business of a Participating  Employer  through merger,
     consolidation,  acquisition of all or substantially  all of its assets,  or
     any other means and which elects  before or within a reasonable  time after
     such succession,  by appropriate  action evidenced in writing,  to continue
     the  Plan;  provided,  however,  that in the case of such  succession  with
     respect to any Participating Employer other than the Company, the acquiring
     entity shall be a Successor  Employer only if consent thereto is granted by
     the Company, by action of the Board or a duly authorized officer.

           Sec. 2.24  Top-Heavy Plan.  "Top-Heavy Plan" is defined in Sec.
     14.2(a).

          Sec. 2.25 Valuation Date. "Valuation Date" means the date on which the
     Fund and  Accounts  are  valued as  provided  in Article  VII.  Each of the
     following is a Valuation Date:

      (a)  Effective  January 1, 1998,  each  business day on which the New York
           Stock  Exchange is open for  business.  Prior to 1998,  the Valuation
           Dates were the last day of each calendar month.

      (b)  Such other day, as designated by the Company in written notice to the
           Funding Agency, as the Company may consider necessary or advisable to
           provide for the orderly and equitable administration of the Plan.


<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE III

                               SERVICE PROVISIONS
                               ------------------

           Sec. 3.1   Employment Commencement Date.  "Employment Commencement
Date" means the date on which an employee first performs an Hour of Service for 
a Participating Employer (whether before or after the Participating Employer
becomes such), an Affiliate, or a Predecessor Employer.  The date on which an
employee first performs an Hour of Service after a 1-Year Break in Service is 
also an "Employment Commencement Date".

           Sec. 3.2 Termination of Employment.  The  "Termination of Employment"
of an  employee  for  purposes  of the  Plan  shall  be  deemed  to  occur  upon
resignation,  discharge,  retirement, death, failure to return to active work at
the end of an  authorized  leave  of  absence  or the  authorized  extension  or
extensions  thereof,  failure  to return to work when duly  called  following  a
temporary  layoff,  or upon the  happening  of any other  event or  circumstance
which, under the policy of a Participating  Employer,  Affiliate, or Predecessor
Employer  as in effect  from time to time,  results  in the  termination  of the
employer-employee  relationship;   provided,  however,  that  a  Termination  of
Employment  shall not be deemed to occur upon a transfer between any combination
of Participating Employers, Affiliates, and Predecessor Employers.

      (a)  Solely for  purposes of this Plan,  a  Participant's  Termination  of
           Employment  shall be deemed to occur on the date the  Participant has
           been disabled for six months as defined in Sec.  9.1(b) (if an actual
           Termination  of Employment  has not occurred  prior to that date) for
           purposes   of   determining   the   Participant's    entitlement   to
           distributions under Sec. 9.1 and Article X, but Sec. 10.1(h) will not
           apply to a Participant described in this subsection.

      (b)  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  a Termination of Employment shall be
           deemed not to have  occurred for purposes of entitling a  Participant
           to  distributions  from his or her  Before-Tax  Account or  Qualified
           Non-Elective Contribution Account if the Participant has not incurred
           a "separation  from service" or "disability" as defined in applicable
           regulations, except as provided in Sec. 10.12.

           Sec.  3.3  Hours  of  Service.  "Hours  of  Service"  are  determined
according  to  the  following   subsections  with  respect  to  each  applicable
computation  period.  The Company may round up the number of Hours of Service at
the end of each  computation  period  or more  frequently  as long as a  uniform
practice is followed with respect to all employees  determined by the Company to
be similarly situated for compensation, payroll, and recordkeeping purposes.

      (a)  Hours of Service  are  computed  only with  respect  to service  with
           Participating  Employers  (for  service  both  before  and  after the
           Participating  Employer  becomes such),  Affiliates,  and Predecessor
           Employers and are aggregated for service with all such employers.

      (b)  For any  portion of a  computation  period  during  which a record of
           hours  is  maintained  for an  employee,  Hours of  Service  shall be
           credited as follows:

           (1)   Each  hour for which  the  employee  is paid,  or  entitled  to
                 payment,  for the performance of duties for his or her employer
                 during the applicable computation period is an Hour of Service.

           (2)   Each  hour for which  the  employee  is paid,  or  entitled  to
                 payment,  by his or her employer on account of a period of time
                 during which no duties are performed  (irrespective  of whether
                 the employment  relationship  has  terminated) due to vacation,
                 holiday,  illness,  incapacity (including disability),  layoff,
                 jury duty,  military  duty, or leave of absence,  is an Hour of
                 Service.  No more than 501 Hours of Service  shall be  credited
                 under this paragraph for any single  continuous period (whether
                 or not such  period  occurs  in a single  computation  period).
                 Hours of Service  shall not be  credited  under this  paragraph
                 with respect to payments under a plan maintained solely for the
                 purpose of complying  with  applicable  workers'  compensation,
                 unemployment compensation, or disability insurance laws or with
                 respect to a payment which solely reimburses the individual for
                 medical or medically related expenses incurred by the employee.

           (3)   Each hour for which back pay,  irrespective  of  mitigation  of
                 damages,  is either  awarded or agreed to by the employer is an
                 Hour of Service. Such Hours of Service shall be credited to the
                 computation  period or periods to which the award or  agreement
                 for back pay pertains, rather than to the computation period in
                 which the award,  agreement,  or payment is made.  Crediting of
                 Hours of Service for back pay awarded or agreed to with respect
                 to periods  described in paragraph  (2) shall be subject to the
                 limitations set forth therein.

           (4)   Notwithstanding  the preceding  provisions of this  subsection,
                 with  respect to Hours of Service to be credited to an employee
                 in  connection  with a  period  of no  more  than 31  days,  as
                 determined by the Company, which extends beyond one computation
                 period,   all  such  hours  may  be   credited  to  the  second
                 computation  period.  Crediting of Hours of Service  under this
                 paragraph  shall  be  done  by the  Company  consistently  with
                 respect to all employees  within the same job  classifications,
                 reasonably defined.

           (5)   Hours under this  subsection  shall be calculated  and credited
                 pursuant  to section  2530.200b-2  of the  Department  of Labor
                 Regulations, which are incorporated herein by this reference.

           (6)   The Company may use any records to  determine  Hours of Service
                 which it considers an accurate reflection of the actual facts.

      (c)  For any portion of a  computation  period during which an employee is
           within  a  classification  for  which  a  record  of  hours  for  the
           performance  of  duties  is not  maintained,  the  employee  shall be
           credited with 190 Hours of Service for each month for which he or she
           would  otherwise be credited  with at least one Hour of Service under
           subsection (b).

      (d)  Nothing in this  section  shall be  construed  as denying an employee
           credit for an Hour of Service if credit is  required  by any  federal
           law other than ERISA.  The nature and extent of such credit  shall be
           determined under such other law.

      (e)  In no event shall duplicate credit as an Hour of Service be given for
           the same hour.

           Sec.  3.4  Eligibility   Computation   Period.  An  employee's  first
Eligibility Computation Period is the  12-consecutive-month  period beginning on
his or her  Employment  Commencement  Date. The second  Eligibility  Computation
Period is the Plan Year  commencing in said  12-consecutive-month  period.  Each
subsequent Plan Year prior to the end of the Plan Year in which the employee has
a 1-Year Break In Service is an Eligibility Computation Period. If subsequent to
a 1-Year Break In Service the employee has another Employment Commencement Date,
Eligibility  Computation  Periods for the period beginning on such date shall be
computed as though such date were the employee's first  Employment  Commencement
Date.

           Sec. 3.5 Year of Eligibility Service. A "Year of Eligibility Service"
is an  Eligibility  Computation  Period in which an  employee  has at least 1000
Hours of  Service.  The Year of  Eligibility  Service  will be  credited  to the
employee  on the date  during the  Eligibility  Computation  Period on which the
employee has been credited with 1000 Hours of Service.

           Sec. 3.6   Year of Vesting Service.  A "Year of Vesting Service" is a
Plan Year in which an employee has at least 1000 Hours of Service, subject to 
the following:

      (a)  Any  Plan  Year  prior  to the  Plan  Year in  which  the  employee's
           Participating  Employer  first  maintained  the Plan or a predecessor
           plan (or, if earlier,  the  earliest  Plan Year in which any trade or
           business   entity  at  that  time  under  Common  Control  with  that
           Participating  Employer  first  maintained  the Plan or a predecessor
           plan) shall be disregarded.

      (b)  If the  Participant  has had a 1-Year  Break In Service  prior to the
           first day of the first Plan Year  beginning  in 1985,  or a period of
           five  consecutive  1-Year  Breaks In Service  ending on or after that
           date,  for  purposes  of  determining  the vested  percentage  of the
           Participant's  Accounts attributable to employer  contributions which
           accrued  before such break,  any Years of Vesting  Service after such
           break in service shall not be taken into account.

      (c)  If a  nonvested  Participant  has had a  period  of five  consecutive
           1-Year  Breaks In Service,  for  purposes of  determining  the vested
           percentage of the  Participant's  Accounts (if any)  attributable  to
           employer  contributions  made on his or her behalf after such period,
           Years of Vesting Service prior to such period shall not be taken into
           account if the number of consecutive  1-Year Breaks In Service within
           such  period  equals  or  exceeds  the  aggregate  number of Years of
           Vesting Service before such period, subject to the following:

           (1)   If any Years of Vesting  Service  are not  required to be taken
                 into  account by reason of a  break-in-service  period to which
                 this  subsection  applies,  or if any service  was  disregarded
                 under the provisions of the Plan previously in effect by reason
                 of a  break-in-service  period  of any  length,  such  Years of
                 Vesting  Service  shall not be taken into  account in  applying
                 this subsection to a subsequent  break-in-service  period or in
                 determining the Participant's Years of Vesting Service.

           (2)   For purposes of this subsection, a "nonvested Participant" is a
                 Participant who has no vested right to an accrued benefit under
                 the  Plan  derived  from  employer   contributions   (including
                 Before-Tax Contributions).

      (d)  Notwithstanding  the  first  sentence  of  this  section,  commencing
           January 1, 1998, a  Participant's  Years of Vesting Service shall not
           be less than the number of years determined as follows:

           (1)   The  Participant  will be  credited  with one  Year of  Vesting
                 Service  as of the  June  1st of the  Plan  Year in  which  the
                 Participant  is  first  credited  with  a Year  of  Eligibility
                 Service.

           (2)   Commencing  with the Plan Year following the Plan Year in which
                 the  Participant  was first credited with a Year of Eligibility
                 Service,  the  Participant  will be  credited  with one Year of
                 Vesting Service on each June 1st,  provided that he or she is a
                 Qualified Employee on that June 1st.

           (3)   Years of Vesting  Service  credited  under this  subsection (d)
                 shall be subject to the rules in  subsections  (a), (b) and (c)
                 for disregarding service.

           Sec. 3.7   1-Year Break In Service.  "1-Year Break In Service" means 
a Plan Year in which the employee has 500 or fewer Hours of Service.  The 1-Year
Break In Service shall be recognized as such on the last day of such Plan Year.

     (a)  Notwithstanding   the   provisions   of  Sec.  3.3,  for  purposes  of
          determining  whether  a 1-Year  Break In  Service  has  occurred  with
          respect to a Plan Year  beginning  after 1984,  an  individual  who is
          absent from work for  maternity or paternity  reasons,  or because the
          individual is receiving workers' compensation benefits,  shall receive
          credit  for the  Hours of  Service  which  would  otherwise  have been
          credited to such  individual  but for such absence,  or in any case in
          which such hours cannot be  determined,  8 Hours of Service per day of
          such  absence;  provided,  however,  that the total number of Hours of
          Service  recognized  under this subsection shall not exceed 501 hours.
          The Hours of Service  credited under this subsection shall be credited
          in the Plan  Year in which the  absence  begins  if the  crediting  is
          necessary  to prevent a 1-Year  Break In Service in that Plan Year or,
          in all other cases, in the following Plan Year.

     (b)  For purposes of subsection  (a), an absence from work for maternity or
          paternity  reasons  means an absence that  started  during a Plan Year
          beginning after 1984 (i) by reason of the pregnancy of the individual,
          (ii) by  reason of the  birth of a child of the  individual,  (iii) by
          reason of the  placement of a child with the  individual in connection
          with  the  adoption  of such  child  by such  individual,  or (iv) for
          purposes of caring for such child for a period  beginning  immediately
          following such birth or placement.

     (c)  For  purposes of  subsection  (a), an absence  from work for  workers'
          compensation  means (i) the  individual  is receiving  payments from a
          State Workers'  Compensation  program, and (ii) meets the requirements
          that enable him or her to receive such payments.

           Sec. 3.8  Periods of Military Service.  Notwithstanding any provision
of this Plan to the contrary, effective December 12, 1994, contributions,
benefits and service credit with respect to qualified military service will be 
provided in accordance with Code section 414(u).

           Sec. 3.9 Credit for Service with Optimum. Commencing January 1, 1998,
if an individual  was employed by Optimum  Quality  Grains,  L.L.C.  immediately
prior to the date he or she becomes an employee of a Participating Employer, and
Optimum Quality Grains,  L.L.C. was a 50% or more direct or indirect  subsidiary
of the Company  immediately  prior to that date, the individual will be credited
with his or her prior  continuous  service  with  Optimum as if such service had
been  service for a  Participating  Employer  for  purposes of  determining  the
individual's  Years of  Eligibility  Service and Years of Vesting  Service under
this Plan.


<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE IV

                               PLAN PARTICIPATION
                               ------------------

           Sec. 4.1   Entry Date.  Commencing May 1, 1998, "Entry Date" means 
January 1st and the first day of each payroll period beginning during each Plan
 Year.

           Sec. 4.2   Eligibility for Participation.  Eligibility to 
participate in the Plan shall be determined as follows:

      (a)  An employee of a Participating Employer shall become a Participant in
           the Plan on the  earliest  Entry  Date (on or after the date the Plan
           becomes effective with respect to his or her Participating  Employer)
           on which all of the following requirements are met:

           (1)   The employee is a Qualified Employee.

           (2) The  employee  has been  credited  with  one Year of  Eligibility
Service.

      (b)  If a former  Participant is reemployed and meets the  requirements of
           subsection  (a) on the date of rehire,  the  employee  will  become a
           Participant again on that date.

      (c)  If a  former  employee  who  was  not  previously  a  Participant  is
           reemployed  as a  Qualified  Employee,  if  the  employee  meets  the
           requirements  of  subsection  (a) on the date of  rehire,  and if the
           employee  would have met the  requirements  of subsection  (a) on the
           immediately  preceding  Entry Date if he or she had been a  Qualified
           Employee on that Entry Date,  the employee shall become a Participant
           on the date of rehire.

      (d)  If an employee of a  Participating  Employer or an  Affiliate  who is
           neither a Participant  nor a Qualified  Employee is  transferred to a
           position  in  which  he or she is a  Qualified  Employee,  and if the
           employee would have met the  eligibility  requirements  of subsection
           (a) on the Entry Date  preceding  the  transfer  had he or she been a
           Qualified  Employee on that Entry Date,  the employee  shall become a
           Participant on the date of transfer.

           Sec. 4.3   Duration of Participation.  A Participant shall continue 
to be such until the later of:

      (a)  The Participant's Termination of Employment.

      (b)  The date all benefits,  if any, to which the  Participant is entitled
           hereunder have been distributed from the Fund.

           Sec. 4.4   No Guarantee of Employment.  Participation in the Plan 
does not constitute a guarantee or contract of employment with the Participating
Employers.  Such participation shall in no way interfere with any rights the 
Participating Employers would have in the absence of such participation to 
determine the duration of an employee's employment.


<PAGE>


                                    ARTICLE V

                                  CONTRIBUTIONS
                                  -------------

           Sec. 5.1   Before-Tax Contributions.  Each Active Participant may 
elect to have his or her Participating Employer make Before-Tax Contributions on
his or her behalf, subject to the following:

     (a)  Commencing  February 1, 1997, the Participant may elect to have his or
          her current  earnings reduced by any whole percent the Participant may
          designate,  but not exceeding 15 percent of Certified  Earnings.  This
          election  may only be made  pursuant  to a  written  salary  reduction
          agreement or an  alternative  means  authorized  by the  Company.  The
          agreement shall be in such form and executed  subject to such rules as
          the Company may prescribe.  Each election shall apply only to earnings
          which  become  payable  after the  election is filed with the Company.
          Each  election  shall  continue in effect until a new election is made
          pursuant to this section.

     (b)  Each Participating  Employer will make a Before-Tax  Contribution with
          respect to each  Participant in its employ who elects to have earnings
          for that period  reduced  pursuant to this section.  The amount of the
          contribution  will be equal to the  amount by which the  Participant's
          earnings were reduced.

     (c)  Commencing  May  1,  1998,  the  salary  reduction  agreement  may  be
          effective  as of the first day of the pay period  occurring as soon as
          administratively  feasible  after the date on which the  employee  has
          satisfied the eligibility requirements of Sec. 4.2 and elected to make
          Before-Tax  Contributions,  or the  first  day of any  subsequent  pay
          period,  provided that the employee has submitted the agreement to the
          Company or its  designated  agent  prior to the payroll  cut-off  date
          established by the Company for that pay period.

     (d)  An Active Participant may amend his or her salary reduction  agreement
          to increase or decrease the  contribution  rate, or to  discontinue or
          recommence  contributions,  effective  as of the  first day of any pay
          period by filing an  approved  amendment  form with the Company or its
          designated  agent (or by making  the  amendment  using an  alternative
          means  authorized  by the Company)  prior to the payroll  cut-off date
          established by the Company for that pay period.

     (e)  All  Before-Tax  Contributions  by a Participant  shall cease when the
          Participant ceases to be a Qualified Employee.

     (f)  Effective January 1, 1998,  Before-Tax  Contributions by a Participant
          for any calendar year may not exceed  $10,000,  and shall cease at the
          point that limit is reached during the year. The limit in the previous
          sentence shall be adjusted for any cost of living  increases  provided
          for any calendar year in  accordance  with  regulations  issued by the
          Secretary of the Treasury.

     (g)  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing  provisions,  if the  Participant  has
          received a hardship  distribution  from this Plan in  accordance  with
          Sec.  9.4(a)  or from any other  plan  maintained  by a  Participating
          Employer or an Affiliate, no Before-Tax Contributions shall be made to
          this Plan on behalf of such  Participant  for 12 months  following the
          date on which the hardship  distribution  was made.  Furthermore,  the
          limit under subsection (f) for the calendar year following the year in
          which the hardship  withdrawal  is made shall be reduced by the amount
          of Before-Tax  Contributions  (and any elective  contributions  to any
          other plan  maintained by the employer) for the calendar year in which
          the hardship withdrawal was made.

     (h)  If  a  Participant's  Before-Tax  Contributions  are  suspended  under
          subsection  (g), the  Participant  may elect to recommence  Before-Tax
          Contributions  effective  as of  the  first  day  of  the  pay  period
          immediately  following  the end of the 12-month  suspension  period by
          filing a new election  with the Company  prior to the payroll  cut-off
          date established by the Company for that pay period.

           Sec. 5.2   Matching Contributions.  The Participating Employers will 
match each Participant's Before-Tax Contributions as follows:

      (a)  Commencing  February  1, 1997,  for each pay period  ending in a Plan
           Year, the Participant's  Participating  Employer will make a Matching
           Contribution  equal to (i) 50% of the total Before-Tax  Contributions
           made  by the  Participant  for the  current  pay  period  and all pay
           periods  ending during the Plan Year prior to the current pay period,
           minus (ii) the total Matching  Contributions made for the Participant
           for pay periods  ending during the Plan Year prior to the current pay
           period, subject to the following:

           (1)   The total of the  Matching  Contributions  for the  current pay
                 period and all pay periods ending during the Plan Year prior to
                 the current  pay period may not exceed 3% of the  Participant's
                 total Certified Earnings for such pay periods.

           (2)   The total of the Matching  Contributions  for a Participant for
                 all  pay  periods  ending  in a  Plan  Year  shall  not  exceed
                 $3,000.00.  Matching  Contributions  during a Plan  Year  shall
                 cease when this limit is reached.

      (b)  No Matching  Contribution  will be made with respect to any amount by
           which the  Participant's  Before-Tax  Contributions  must be  reduced
           pursuant  to Sec.  5.4,  Sec.  5.5 or Sec.  5.7.  Any  such  Matching
           Contributions  which are made before the amount of the  reduction  is
           determined  shall  be  forfeited  and  shall be  applied  as a credit
           against future contributions from the Participating Employers.

      (c)  Any Forfeitures  attributable to a Participating  Employer for a Plan
           Year (adjusted for any allocable investment earnings or losses on the
           Plan's Forfeiture  Account) which are not used to reinstate  Accounts
           pursuant to Sec. 9.2(b) shall be credited  against the  Participating
           Employer's Matching Contributions for that Plan Year.

           Sec. 5.3 Qualified Non-Elective Contributions. For each Plan Year the
Company  shall  determine   whether  it  will  make  a  Qualified   Non-Elective
Contribution  to the Fund for such  Plan Year and,  if it is  determined  that a
contribution  will be made,  the amount of the  contribution  or the  formula by
which the amount of the  contribution  will be calculated.  The  contribution of
each  Participating  Employer other than the Company for a Plan Year shall be an
amount  which is the same  percent of the  Certified  Earnings of its  employees
eligible to share in the  contribution  for that year as the contribution of the
Company for the Plan Year bears to the total Certified Earnings of its employees
eligible  to share in the  contribution  for that year.  Qualified  Non-Elective
Contributions shall be paid to the Funding Agency designated by the Company.

     (a)  To be eligible to share in the Qualified Non-Elective Contributions of
          a Participating  Employer for a Plan Year, a Participant (i) must have
          been an Active  Participant  at some time  during the Plan Year,  (ii)
          must be employed by the Participating  Employer or an Affiliate on the
          last day of the Plan  Year,  and (iii)  must have  completed  at least
          1,000 Hours of Service during the Plan Year.

     (b)  The  Company  may  designate   that  part  or  all  of  the  Qualified
          Non-Elective  Contribution of the  Participating  Employers under this
          section for a Plan Year shall be used to satisfy the  requirements  of
          Sec.  5.4(c) and/or Sec.  5.6(c) for that Plan Year. The Company shall
          designate  whether the  Qualified  Non-Elective  Contribution  will be
          allocated among all those Participants who satisfy the requirements of
          subsection (a), or only among the Non-Highly Compensated Employees who
          satisfy  those  requirements.  A Qualified  Non-Elective  Contribution
          shall be allocated in proportion  to the  Certified  Earnings of those
          eligible Participants who are employed by the Participating Employers.
          Notwithstanding  any  provisions  of the  Plan  to the  contrary,  any
          Qualified   Non-Elective   Contributions   shall  be  subject  to  the
          withdrawal  restrictions  of Sec.  9.4,  and shall be 100%  vested and
          nonforfeitable when made.

           Sec. 5.4  Adjustment of Contributions Required by Code Section 401k).
If necessary to satisfy the requirements of Code section 401(k), Before-Tax 
Contributions shall be adjusted in accordance with the following:

      (a)  Each Plan Year, the "deferral percentage" will be calculated for each
           Active  Participant.   Each  Participant's   deferral  percentage  is
           calculated by dividing the amount referred to in paragraph (1) by the
           amount referred to in paragraph (2):

          (1)  The total Before-Tax Contributions (including Excess Deferrals of
               Highly  Compensated  Employees  distributed  under  Sec.  5.5 but
               excluding  Excess Deferrals of Non-Highly  Compensated  Employees
               that arise  solely  from  contributions  made under  plans of the
               Participating Employers or Affiliates),  if any, allocated to the
               Participant's Accounts with respect to the Plan Year. The Company
               may  also  elect  to  include  all  or  part  of  the   Qualified
               Non-Elective  Contributions to be allocated to the  Participant's
               Accounts  with  respect  to that  Plan  Year,  provided  that the
               provisions of Treasury Regulationss. 1.401(k)-1(b) are satisfied.

           (2)   The  Participant's  Compensation with respect to the Plan Year.
                 For purposes of this section,  a  Participant's  "Compensation"
                 for the Plan Year means compensation  determined according to a
                 definition   selected  by  the  Company  for  that  year  which
                 satisfies the  requirements  of Code section  414(s).  The same
                 definition of Compensation  shall be used for all  Participants
                 for a particular  Plan Year, but different  definitions  may be
                 used for different Plan Years. The Company shall also determine
                 whether   Compensation   includes   or  does  not  include  the
                 Before-Tax  Contributions  to this  Plan and any  contributions
                 made pursuant to a salary  reduction  agreement by or on behalf
                 of  the   Participant   to  any  other  plan  which  meets  the
                 requirements  of Code sections 125,  401(k),  402(h)(1)(B),  or
                 403(b),  and whether or not it includes  amounts  paid prior to
                 the date an individual became a Participant. Compensation shall
                 be subject to the limit provided under Sec. 2.6(c).

     (b)  Each  Plan  Year,   the  average   deferral   percentage   for  Active
          Participants  who are Highly  Compensated  Employees  and the  average
          deferral   percentage  for  Active  Participants  who  are  Non-Highly
          Compensated Employees will be calculated.  A separate average deferral
          percentage shall be calculated for Active Participants in a collective
          bargaining  unit who are  required  to be  disaggregated  pursuant  to
          Treasury  Regulationss.  1.401(k)-1(g)(11)  (ii)(B). Such Participants
          shall be disregarded in calculating  the average  deferral  percentage
          for  Active  Participants  who are not in such  collective  bargaining
          units.  In each case,  the average is the  average of the  percentages
          calculated  under  subsection  (a) for  each of the  employees  in the
          particular group. The deferral percentage for each Participant and the
          average deferral  percentage for a particular group of employees shall
          be calculated to the nearest one-hundredth of one percent.

     (c)  If the requirements of either paragraph (1) or (2) are satisfied, then
          no further action is needed under this section:

           (1)   The average deferral percentage for Participants who are Highly
                 Compensated  Employees  is not more than 1.25 times the average
                 deferral   percentage  for   Participants  who  are  Non-Highly
                 Compensated Employees.

           (2)   The excess of the average deferral  percentage for Participants
                 who are Highly Compensated  Employees over the average deferral
                 percentage  for  Participants  who are  Non-Highly  Compensated
                 Employees  is not more  than  two  percentage  points,  and the
                 average  deferral   percentage  for  such  Highly   Compensated
                 Employees  is  not  more  than 2  times  the  average  deferral
                 percentage for such Non-Highly Compensated Employees.

           The  requirements of this subsection (c) shall be applied  separately
           with respect to Participants in a collective  bargaining unit who are
           required to be  disaggregated  pursuant to  Treasury  Regulation  ss.
           1.401(k)-1(g)(11)(ii)(B).

     (d)  Commencing  January  1,  1997,  if  neither  of  the  requirements  of
          subsection (c) is satisfied,  then the Before-Tax  Contributions  with
          respect to Highly  Compensated  Employees shall be reduced,  beginning
          with the  contributions  representing  the greatest  dollar amount per
          Participant,  to the extent  necessary  to make the  aggregate  dollar
          amount of such reductions  equal to the amount by which the Before-Tax
          Contributions  (prior to such reduction) had exceeded the requirements
          of  subsection  (c)(1) or (c)(2),  whichever is less.  Such  reduction
          shall be made in  accordance  with the  methodology  prescribed at the
          time of the  reduction by the Internal  Revenue  Service  under Notice
          97-2 or other applicable Notices or Treasury Regulations.

     (e)  At any time during the Plan Year,  the Company may make an estimate of
          the amount of Before-Tax Contributions by Highly Compensated Employees
          that will be permitted  under this section for the year and may reduce
          the percent  specified  in Sec.  5.1(a) for such  Participants  to the
          extent the Company  determines in its sole  discretion to be necessary
          to satisfy at least one of the requirements in subsection (c).

     (f)  If  Before-Tax  Contributions  with  respect  to a Highly  Compensated
          Employee are reduced pursuant to subsection (d), the Excess Before-Tax
          Contributions shall be distributed, subject to the following:

           (1)   For   purposes   of   this   subsection,   "Excess   Before-Tax
                 Contributions"    mean   the   amount   by   which   Before-Tax
                 Contributions  for  Highly  Compensated   Employees  have  been
                 reduced under subsection (d).

           (2)   Excess Before-Tax  Contributions (adjusted for income or losses
                 allocable  thereto as specified in paragraph (3), if any) shall
                 be  distributed  to  Participants  on whose  behalf such excess
                 contributions  were  made for the Plan  Year no later  than the
                 last day of the following Plan Year.  Furthermore,  the Company
                 shall attempt to distribute  such amount by the 15th day of the
                 third  month  following  the Plan  Year for  which  the  excess
                 contributions   were  made  to  avoid  the  imposition  on  the
                 Participating  Employers  of an excise tax under  Code  section
                 4979.

           (3)   Income or losses allocable to Excess  Before-Tax  Contributions
                 for the Plan Year shall be determined by multiplying the amount
                 of income or loss for the Plan Year which is  allocable  to the
                 Participant's  Before-Tax  Contributions  (and to other amounts
                 credited to the Participant  that the Company elects to include
                 under  subsection  (a)(1) by a fraction.  The  numerator of the
                 fraction is the Participant's  Excess Before-Tax  Contributions
                 for the Plan Year. The denominator of the fraction is the total
                 balance  in  the   Participant's   Accounts   attributable   to
                 Before-Tax  Contributions (and to other amounts the Company has
                 elected to include under subsection (a)(1)) on the first day of
                 the Plan Year, plus Before-Tax  Contributions for the Plan Year
                 and any other  amounts the Company has elected to include under
                 subsection (a)(1) for the Plan Year.

           (4)   The  amount of Excess  Before-Tax  Contributions  and income or
                 losses  allocable  thereto which would otherwise be distributed
                 pursuant to this  subsection  shall be reduced,  in  accordance
                 with regulations,  by the amount of Excess Deferrals and income
                 or  losses  allocable  thereto  previously  distributed  to the
                 Participant  pursuant to Sec. 5.5 for the calendar  year ending
                 with or within the Plan Year.

     (g)  The  deferral   percentage  for  any   Participant  who  is  a  Highly
          Compensated  Employee  for  the  Plan  Year,  and who is  eligible  to
          participate  in two or more plans with cash or  deferred  arrangements
          described in Code section 401(k) to which any  Participating  Employer
          or  Affiliate  contributes,  shall be  determined  as if all  employer
          contributions  were made under a single arrangement unless mandatorily
          disaggregated  pursuant to regulations under Code section 401(k). This
          subsection   shall  be  applied  by  treating  all  cash  or  deferred
          arrangements with Plan Years ending within the same calendar year as a
          single arrangement.

     (h)  If two or more plans which include cash or deferred  arrangements  are
          considered as one plan for purposes of Code section  401(a)(4) or Code
          section 410(b), the cash or deferred  arrangements shall be treated as
          one for the purposes of applying the provisions of this section unless
          mandatorily  disaggregated  pursuant to regulations under Code section
          401(k).

     (i)  If the entire  Account  balance of a Highly  Compensated  Employee has
          been  distributed  during the Plan Year in which an excess arose,  the
          distribution shall be deemed to have been a corrective distribution of
          the  excess  and income  attributable  thereto  to the  extent  that a
          corrective  distribution  would  otherwise  have been  required  under
          subsection (f) of this section, Sec. 5.5 or Sec. 5.6(f).

     (j)  A corrective distribution of excess contributions under subsection (f)
          of this section,  Excess Aggregate Contributions under Sec. 5.6(f), or
          Excess  Deferrals  under Sec.  5.5 may be made  without  regard to any
          notice or Participant or spousal  consent  required under Article VIII
          or X.

     (k)  In the event of a  complete  termination  of the Plan  during the Plan
          Year in which an  excess  arose,  any  corrective  distribution  under
          subsection (f) of this section or Sec. 5.6(f) shall be made as soon as
          administratively feasible after the termination, but in no event later
          than 12 months after the date of termination.

           Sec. 5.5   Distribution of Excess Deferrals.  Notwithstanding any
other provisions of the Plan, Excess Deferrals for a calendar year and income or
losses allocable thereto shall be distributed no later than the following April
15 to Participants who claim such Excess Deferrals, subject to the following:

     (a)  For purposes of this section,  "Excess  Deferrals" means the amount of
          Before-Tax  Contributions  for a  calendar  year that the  Participant
          claims  pursuant to the procedure set forth in subsection  (b) because
          the total amount  deferred for the calendar  year exceeds  $10,000 for
          1998  (indexed for inflation for  subsequent  calendar  years) or such
          other  limit  imposed  on the  Participant  for that year  under  Code
          section 402(g).

     (b)  The  Participant's  written  claim,   specifying  the  amount  of  the
          Participant's   Excess  Deferral  for  any  calendar  year,  shall  be
          submitted  to the  Company  no later than the March 1  following  such
          calendar  year.  The claim  shall  include the  Participant's  written
          statement  that  if such  amounts  are not  distributed,  such  Excess
          Deferrals,  when  added  to  amounts  deferred  under  other  plans or
          arrangements  described in Code  section  401(k),  403(b),  or 408(k),
          exceed the limit imposed on the Participant by Code section 402(g) for
          the year in which the deferral occurred. A Participant shall be deemed
          to have  submitted  such a claim to the  extent  the  Participant  has
          Excess  Deferrals  for the  calendar  year  taking into  account  only
          contributions  under  this Plan and any  other  plan  maintained  by a
          Participating Employer or an Affiliate.

     (c)  Excess  Deferrals  distributed  to a  Participant  with  respect  to a
          calendar year shall be adjusted to include income or losses  allocable
          thereto  using  the  same  method  specified  for  excess   Before-Tax
          Contributions under Sec. 5.4(f)(3).

     (d)  The amount of Excess  Deferrals  and income  allocable  thereto  which
          would  otherwise  be  distributed  pursuant to this  section  shall be
          reduced, in accordance with applicable  regulations,  by the amount of
          excess   Before-Tax   Contributions   and  income  allocable   thereto
          previously distributed to the Participant pursuant to Sec. 5.4 for the
          Plan Year  beginning  with or within such  calendar  year,  and by the
          amount  of  any  deferrals  properly   distributed  as  excess  annual
          additions under Sec. 6.1.

           Sec. 5.6   Adjustment of Contributions Required by Code Section
401(m).  After the provisions of Sec. 5.4 and Sec. 5.5 have been satisfied, the 
requirements set forth in this section must also be met.  If necessary to 
satisfy the requirements of Code section 401(m), Matching Contributions shall be
adjusted in accordance with the following:

      (a)  Each Plan Year, the "contribution  percentage" will be calculated for
           each Active Participant (other than an Active Participant who is in a
           collective  bargaining unit required to be disaggregated  pursuant to
           Treasury  Regulation ss.  1.401(m)-1(b)(3)(ii)).  Each  Participant's
           contribution percentage is calculated by dividing the amount referred
           to in paragraph (1) by the amount referred to in paragraph (2).

           (1)   The  total  Matching  Contributions  under  Sec.  5.2,  if any,
                 allocated  to the  Participant's  Accounts  with respect to the
                 Plan Year. The Company may also elect to include all or part of
                 the  Before-Tax   Contributions   and  Qualified   Non-Elective
                 Contributions  to be  allocated to the  Participant's  Accounts
                 with respect to that Plan Year,  provided that the requirements
                 of  Treasury  Regulation  ss.1.401(m)-1(b)  are  satisfied  and
                 provided that the  requirements of Sec. 5.4 are met before such
                 contributions  are used under this  section and  continue to be
                 met after  the  exclusion  for  purposes  of Sec.  5.4 of those
                 contributions that are used to satisfy the requirements of this
                 section.   However,   any  Matching   Contributions   that  are
                 forfeited,   either  to  correct  excess   contributions  under
                 subsection (f) of this section, or because the contributions to
                 which they  relate are Excess  Before-Tax  Contributions  under
                 Sec.   5.4,   Excess   Deferrals   under  Sec.  5.5  or  excess
                 contributions  under  subsection (f) of this section,  shall be
                 disregarded.

           (2)   The  Participant's  Compensation  with respect to the Plan Year
                 For  purposes  of this  section,  "Compensation"  has the  same
                 meaning as provided in Sec.
                 5.4(a)(2).

     (b)  Each  Plan  Year,  the  average  contribution   percentage  of  Active
          Participants  who are Highly  Compensated  Employees  and the  average
          contribution  percentage  for Active  Participants  who are Non-Highly
          Compensated Employees will be calculated. In each case, the average is
          the average of the  percentages  calculated  under  subsection (a) for
          each of the employees in the particular group. In calculating  average
          contribution  percentages,   Participants  employed  in  a  collective
          bargaining  unit  required  to be  disaggregated  pursuant to Treasury
          Regulation   ss.   1.401(m)-1(f)(14)   shall   be   disregarded.   The
          contribution   percentage  for  each   Participant   and  the  average
          contribution  percentage for a particular  group of employees shall be
          calculated to the nearest one-hundredth of one percent.

     (c)  If the requirements of either paragraph (1) or (2) are satisfied, then
          no further action is needed under this section:

           (1)   The average  contribution  percentage for  Participants who are
                 Highly  Compensated  Employees  is not more than 1.25 times the
                 average  contribution   percentage  for  Participants  who  are
                 Non-Highly Compensated Employees.

           (2)   The  excess  of  the  average   contribution   percentage   for
                 Participants  who are  Highly  Compensated  Employees  over the
                 average  contribution   percentage  for  Participants  who  are
                 Non-Highly   Compensated   Employees   is  not  more  than  two
                 percentage points, and the average contribution  percentage for
                 such Highly Compensated  Employees is not more than 2 times the
                 average contribution percentage for such Non-Highly Compensated
                 Employees.

     (d)  Commencing  January  1,  1997,  if  neither  of  the  requirements  of
          subsection  (c) is  satisfied,  then the Matching  Contributions  with
          respect to Highly  Compensated  Employees shall be reduced,  beginning
          with the  contributions  representing  the greatest  dollar amount per
          Participant,  to the extent  necessary  to make the  aggregate  dollar
          amount of such  reductions  equal to the amount by which the  Matching
          Contributions  (prior to such reduction) had exceeded the requirements
          of  subsection  (c)(1) or (c)(2),  whichever is less.  Such  reduction
          shall be made in  accordance  with the  methodology  prescribed at the
          time of the  reduction by the Internal  Revenue  Service  under Notice
          97-2 or other applicable Notices or Treasury Regulations.

     (e)  At any time during the Plan Year,  the Company may make an estimate of
          the amount of Matching  Contributions on behalf of Highly  Compensated
          Employees  that will be permitted  under this section for the year. If
          the Company  determines in its sole  discretion  that  reductions  are
          necessary  to  assure  that  at  least  one  of  the  requirements  in
          subsection  (c) are  satisfied,  the Company may take  written  action
          amending Sec. 5.2 to reduce or eliminate  Matching  Contributions  for
          Highly Compensated  Employees with respect to Certified Earnings to be
          paid from the date such action is adopted to the end of the Plan Year.

     (f)  If  contributions  with respect to a Highly  Compensated  Employee are
          reduced pursuant to subsection (d), the Excess Aggregate Contributions
          shall be treated as follows:

           (1)   For   purposes   of   this   subsection,    "Excess   Aggregate
                 Contributions" mean the amount by which Matching  Contributions
                 must be reduced under subsection (d).

           (2)   Excess  Matching  Contributions  (adjusted for income or losses
                 allocable thereto) shall be forfeited (if otherwise forfeitable
                 under the  provisions  of Sec. 9.2 if the  Participant  were to
                 terminate employment on the last day of the Plan Year for which
                 the contribution was made). Excess Matching Contributions which
                 are  non-forfeitable  (adjusted for income or losses  allocable
                 thereto) shall be distributed to  Participants  on whose behalf
                 such excess  contributions were made for the Plan Year no later
                 than the last day of the following Plan Year. Furthermore,  the
                 Company shall attempt to distribute such amount by the 15th day
                 of the third month following the Plan Year for which the excess
                 contributions   were  made  to  avoid  the  imposition  on  the
                 Participating  Employers  of an excise tax under  Code  section
                 4979.

           (3)   Income or losses  allocable to Excess  Aggregate  Contributions
                 shall be  determined  in the same manner  specified  for Excess
                 Before-Tax Contributions under Sec. 5.4(f)(3).

           (4)   Amounts forfeited by Highly  Compensated  Employees pursuant to
                 paragraph  (2)  shall be  applied  to  reduce  future  Matching
                 Contributions as provided in Sec.
                 5.2.

     (g)  The  contribution  percentage  for  any  Participant  who is a  Highly
          Compensated  Employee  for the Plan Year,  and who is eligible to make
          nondeductible   employee   contributions   or  to   receive   matching
          contributions under two or more plans described in Code section 401(a)
          that are maintained by the  Participating  Employers or any Affiliate,
          shall be  determined  as if all such  contributions  were made under a
          single  arrangement  unless  mandatorily   disaggregated  pursuant  to
          regulations under Code section 401(m).

     (h)  If two or more plans  maintained  by the  Participating  Employers  or
          Affiliates  are  treated as one plan for  purposes of  satisfying  the
          eligibility  requirements of Code section 410(b),  those plans must be
          treated as one plan for  purposes of applying the  provisions  of this
          section unless mandatorily disaggregated pursuant to regulations under
          Code section 401(m).

     (i)  Notwithstanding the foregoing,  if neither subparagraph (c)(1) of this
          section nor Sec.  5.4(c)(1) was satisfied,  the requirements set forth
          in Sec. 5.7 must also be satisfied.

           Sec. 5.7   Multiple Use of the Alternative Limitations.  If neither
Sec. 5.4(c)(1) nor Sec. 5.6(c)(1) was satisfied, the following additional 
requirements must also be satisfied:

      (a)  The sum of the  following  two amounts must not exceed the greater of
           the limit  determined  under  subsection (b) or the limit  determined
           under subsection (c):

          (1)  The average deferral percentage for Highly Compensated  Employees
               (determined under Sec. 5.4(b) following any adjustments  required
               by Sec. 5.4).

          (2)   The  average  contribution  percentage  for Highly  Compensated
                Employees   (determined   under  Sec.   5.6(b)   following  any
                adjustments required by Sec.
                5.6).

      (b) The limit under this subsection is the sum of the following amounts:

           (1)   1.25 multiplied by the greater of:

                 (A)  The average deferral percentage for Non-Highly Compensated
                      Employees  (determined  under Sec.  5.4(b)  following  any
                      adjustments required by Sec. 5.4), or

                 (B)  The  average   contribution   percentage   for  Non-Highly
                      Compensated   Employees   (determined  under  Sec.  5.6(b)
                      following any adjustments required by Sec. 5.6).

           (2) Two percentage points plus the lesser of:

                 (A) The average deferral percentage for Non-Highly  Compensated
                     Employees, or

                 (B)  The  average   contribution   percentage   for  Non-Highly
                      Compensated Employees.

                 Notwithstanding the foregoing,  the amount under this paragraph
                 (2) cannot exceed the lesser of (A) or (B) above, multiplied by
                 two,  or such  other  limit as may be  prescribed  by  Treasury
                 Regulations.

      (c)  The limit  under  this  subsection  (c) is the  amount  that would be
           determined under subsection (b) by:

          (1)  Substituting   "lesser"  for   "greater"  in  paragraph   (1)  of
               subsection (b), and

           (2)  Substituting  "greater"  for  "lesser"  each  place  that  word
                appears in paragraph (2) of subsection (b).

     (d)  If the amount  determined  under subsection (a) exceeds the greater of
          the limits  determined  under  subsections  (b) and (c), an additional
          amount  must  be  treated  as  Excess  Before-Tax   Contributions  and
          distributed  under Sec. 5.4. In addition,  any Matching  Contributions
          attributable  to those  Before-Tax  Contributions  shall be treated as
          forfeited   and  shall  be   applied  as  a  credit   against   future
          contributions   from   the   Participating   Employers.    Appropriate
          adjustments  under this  subsection  must be made pursuant to Treasury
          regulations  until  the sum of the  average  deferral  percentage  and
          average  contribution  percentage for Highly Compensated  Employees is
          equal to the greater of the limits  determined  under  subsections (b)
          and (c).

     (e)  For Plan Years commencing after 1996, this section shall be applied in
          accordance with the provisions of IRS Notice 97-2 or other  applicable
          Notices or Treasury Regulations.

           Sec. 5.8 Time of Contributions.  Before-Tax  Contributions,  Matching
Contributions,  and  Qualified  Non-Elective  Contributions  by a  Participating
Employer  for a Plan Year shall be paid to the Funding  Agency no later than the
time (including  extensions thereof) prescribed by law for filing the employer's
federal  income  tax  return  for the tax year in  which  the  Plan  Year  ends.
Before-Tax  Contributions and any other  contributions  taken into account under
Sec.  5.4(a)(1)  shall be paid to the  Funding  Agency  no later  than 12 months
following  the  end of the  Plan  Year,  if  earlier.  In  addition,  Before-Tax
Contributions or Matching  Contributions  shall be paid to the Funding Agency by
any  earlier  date that may be  specified  in Treasury  or  Department  of Labor
regulations.

           Sec. 5.9   Allocations.  Contributions under Sections 5.1, 5.2, and
5.3 shall be allocated to the Accounts of Participants as follows:

     (a)  Before-Tax  Contributions  with respect to each  Participant  electing
          deferrals  pursuant to Sec.  5.1 for a Plan Year shall be allocated to
          the Before-Tax  Account of each such Participant as of the last day of
          the Plan Year.

     (b)  Matching  Contributions for a Plan Year, and the Forfeitures  credited
          against such Contributions, shall be allocated to the Matching Account
          of each eligible Participant as of the last day of the Plan Year.

     (c)  Qualified  Non-Elective   Contributions  for  a  Plan  Year  shall  be
          allocated to the Qualified  Non-Elective  Contribution Account of each
          eligible Participant as of the last day of the Plan Year.

     (d)  Allocations shall be reflected in Accounts as provided in Article VII.
          However,  the Funding Agency shall treat  contributions as though they
          had been allocated to the Accounts as of the Valuation Date coinciding
          with or following the date they were deposited with the Funding Agency
          for purposes of  allocating  investment  gains and losses  pursuant to
          Sec. 7.2 and Sec. 7.3.

     (e)  Before-Tax  Contributions  and Matching  Contributions for a Plan Year
          which are deposited with the Funding Agency after the end of that Plan
          Year but prior to the  deadline  specified  in Sec.  5.8 shall also be
          allocated to the appropriate Before-Tax Account or Matching Account as
          of the last day of that Plan Year  except to the  extent  the  Company
          determines  that  it is  necessary  to  treat  some  or  all  of  such
          contributions as being  contributions  for the Plan Year in which they
          are  deposited  with  the  Funding  Agency  in order  to  satisfy  the
          requirements of Sec. 5.4 or Sec. 5.6.

           Sec. 5.10  Limitations on Contributions.  In no event shall the
amount of a Participating Employer's contribution under this Article for any 
Plan Year exceed the lesser of:

      (a)  The maximum amount  allowable as a deduction in computing its taxable
           income for that Plan Year for federal income tax purposes.

      (b)  The  aggregate  amount  of the  contributions  by such  Participating
           Employer that may be allocated to Accounts of Participants  under the
           provisions of Article VI.


<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE VI

                            LIMITATION ON ALLOCATIONS
                            -------------------------

           Sec. 6.1 Limitation on Allocations. Notwithstanding any provisions of
the Plan to the contrary,  allocations to Participants  under the Plan shall not
exceed the maximum amount  permitted under Code section 415. For purposes of the
preceding  sentence,  the following  rules shall apply to Plan Years  commencing
after 1986 unless otherwise provided in Code section 415:

      (a)  The Annual  Additions with respect to a Participant for any Plan Year
           shall not exceed the lesser of:

           (1)   $30,000,  adjusted  for each Plan Year  commencing  on or after
                 January 1, 1995 to reflect  cost of living  increases  for that
                 Plan Year published by the Secretary of the Treasury.

           (2)   25% of the Compensation of such Participant for such Plan Year.

     (b)  If a Participant  is also a  participant  in one or more other defined
          contribution  plans  maintained  by a  Participating  Employer  or  an
          Affiliate, and if the amount of employer contributions and forfeitures
          otherwise allocated to the Participant for a Plan Year must be reduced
          to  comply  with  the   limitations   under  Code  section  415,  such
          allocations  under  this Plan and each of such  other  plans  shall be
          reduced pro rata in the sequence  specified in subsection (c), and pro
          rata  within  each  category  within  that  sequence,  to  the  extent
          necessary to comply with said  limitations,  except that reductions to
          the extent necessary shall be made in allocations under profit sharing
          plans and stock bonus plans before any reductions are made under money
          purchase plans.

     (c)  If for any Plan Year the limitation  described in subsection (a) would
          otherwise  be exceeded by  contributions  to this Plan with respect to
          any Participant,  the Participant's Annual Additions shall be adjusted
          in the following sequence,  but only to the extent necessary to reduce
          Annual Additions to the level permitted in subsection (a):

           (1)   The Participant's  after-tax  voluntary employee  contributions
                 for the Plan Year, if any, shall be refunded to the Participant
                 during  the  Plan  Year  or  as  soon  as  reasonably  possible
                 following the end of the Plan Year.

           (2)   The Participant's  Before-Tax  Contributions for the Plan Year,
                 if any, shall be reduced,  and that amount shall be refunded to
                 the Participant.

           (3)   If, after the adjustments in paragraphs (1) and (2) there is an
                 excess  amount with respect to a  Participant  for a Plan Year,
                 such  excess  amount  shall be held  unallocated  in a suspense
                 account.  The suspense account will be applied to reduce future
                 employer contributions for all Participants in the current Plan
                 Year, the next Plan Year, and in each  succeeding Plan Year, if
                 necessary.   The  suspense  account  will  participate  in  the
                 allocation of the  investment  gains and losses of the Fund and
                 the value of such account will be  considered  in valuing other
                 Accounts under the Plan.

           (4)   Any  amounts  refunded  under  paragraphs  (1) or (2)  shall be
                 disregarded for purposes of applying the limits under Sec. 5.4,
                 Sec. 5.5 and Sec. 5.6.

     (d)  If the  Participant  is  also a  participant  in one or  more  defined
          benefit plans maintained by a Participating  Employer or an Affiliate,
          the sum of the Participant's defined benefit plan fraction and defined
          contribution  plan  fraction,  determined  according  to Code  section
          415(e),  for  any  Plan  Year  may  not  exceed  1.0.  If the sum of a
          Participant's   defined  benefit  fraction  and  defined  contribution
          fraction  would  otherwise  exceed 1.0 for any Plan Year, the benefits
          provided  under the defined  benefit plan or plans shall be reduced to
          the extent  necessary to reduce the sum of the  fractions to 1.0. This
          subsection (d) ceases to apply commencing January 1, 2000.

     (e)  For purposes of this section,  "Annual Additions" means the sum of the
          following  amounts  allocated to a  Participant  for a Plan Year under
          this Plan and all other  defined  contribution  plans  maintained by a
          Participating   Employer   or  an   Affiliate   in  which  he  or  she
          participates:

           (1)   Employer contributions, including Before-Tax Contributions made
                 under this Plan.  Excess Before-Tax  Contributions,  and Excess
                 Aggregate   Contributions   which  are  distributed  under  the
                 provisions of Article V are included in Annual  Additions,  but
                 Excess  Deferrals which are distributed  under Sec. 5.5 are not
                 included in Annual Additions.

           (2) Forfeitures, if any.

           (3) Voluntary non-deductible contributions, if any.

           (4)   Amounts  attributable to medical  benefits as described in Code
                 sections 415(1)(2) and 419A(d)(2).

           An Annual Addition with respect to a Participant's  Accounts shall be
           deemed  credited  thereto  with  respect  to a  Plan  Year  if  it is
           allocated to the  Participant's  Accounts under the terms of the Plan
           as of any date within such Plan Year.

     (f)  For  purposes  of this  section,  "Compensation"  means an  employee's
          earned income,  wages,  salaries,  fees for professional  services and
          other amounts received  (without regard to whether or not an amount is
          paid in cash) for personal services actually rendered in the course of
          employment  with the  Participating  Employers  and  Affiliates to the
          extent that the amounts are includible in gross income (including, but
          not limited to, commissions, compensation for services on the basis of
          a  percentage  of  profits,   tips,  bonuses,   fringe  benefits,  and
          reimbursements or other expense allowances under a nonaccountable plan
          described  in  Treasury  Regulationss.   1.62-2(c)),  subject  to  the
          following:

           (1)   Compensation  excludes any employer  contributions to a plan of
                 deferred   compensation   which  are  not   includible  in  the
                 employee's   gross   income  for  the  taxable  year  in  which
                 contributed,   any  distributions   from  a  plan  of  deferred
                 compensation,  and any other amounts which receive  special tax
                 benefits. However, any amounts received by an employee pursuant
                 to an unfunded  non-qualified plan of deferred compensation may
                 be  considered  as  Compensation  in the year such  amounts are
                 includible in the employee's gross income.  Notwithstanding the
                 foregoing,  for Plan Years  commencing  on or after  January 1,
                 1998,  Compensation  includes the Before-Tax  Contributions  to
                 this  Plan  and any  other  elective  deferrals  which  are not
                 includible  in the gross  income  of the  employee  under  Code
                 sections 125, 401(k), 402(h)(1)(B), 403(b) or 457.

           (2)   Compensation  excludes  amounts realized from the exercise of a
                 non-qualified  stock  option,  or  when  restricted  stock  (or
                 property)  becomes  transferable,  is no  longer  subject  to a
                 substantial risk of forfeiture,  or becomes taxable pursuant to
                 an election under Code section 83(b).


<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE VII

                               INDIVIDUAL ACCOUNTS
                               -------------------
      

           Sec.  7.1  Accounts for Participants.  The following Accounts may be
established under the Plan for a Participant:

      (a)  A Before-Tax  Account and Matching  Account shall be established  for
           each  Participant  who makes or receives  contributions  allocable to
           such an Account.

      (b)  A  Qualified  Non-Elective  Account  shall  be  established  for each
           Participant who receives a Qualified Non-Elective  Contribution under
           Sec. 5.3.

      (c)  A Rollover  Account shall be  established  for each  Participant  who
           makes a Rollover Contribution, as provided by Sec. 7.5.

      (d)  A  Voluntary   After-Tax   Account  shall  be  maintained   for  each
           Participant  who elected to make  Voluntary  After-Tax  Contributions
           prior to 1988. A Voluntary Deductible Account shall be maintained for
           each   Participant   who   elected  to  make   voluntary   deductible
           contributions under the provisions of the Plan previously in effect.

More  than one of any of the  above  types of  Accounts  may be  established  if
required  by  the  Plan  or if  considered  advisable  by  the  Company  in  the
administration  of the Plan.  The Company  may also cause the Funding  Agency to
establish a Forfeiture  Account for the Plan (which may be divided into multiple
subaccounts) to hold amounts which have become  Forfeitures  under Sec.  9.2(b),
and  investment  earnings and losses  allocable to such amounts,  until they are
applied as provided in Sec. 5.2(c).  Except as expressly  provided herein to the
contrary,  the Fund shall be held and invested on a commingled  basis,  Accounts
shall be for bookkeeping  purposes only, and the establishment of Accounts shall
not require any segregation of Fund assets.

           Sec.  7.2  Valuation Procedure.  As of each Valuation Date, the value
of each Account shall be adjusted to reflect the effect of distributions, 
transfers, withdrawals, income, realized and unrealized profits and losses,
contributions, and all other transactions with respect to the Account since the 
next preceding Valuation Date, as follows:

      (a)  The value of each Account  determined in accordance with this section
           as of the  preceding  Valuation  Date (and  adjusted  as  provided in
           subsection  (c) below)  shall be adjusted  to reflect any  investment
           gains,  losses or expenses credited to or charged against the Account
           by the Funding Agency pursuant to Sec. 7.3.

      (b)  There shall be added to the adjusted value of each Account the amount
           of any  contributions  made for that  Account  pursuant  to Article V
           during the period  subsequent  to the  preceding  Valuation  Date and
           ending on the current Valuation Date.

      (c)  From the value of each Account  determined  as of the next  preceding
           Valuation   Date,   there  shall  be  deducted   the  amount  of  all
           distributions  and  withdrawals,  if any, made from the Account since
           the  preceding  Valuation  Date.  There  shall also be  deducted  any
           non-vested   portion  of  a  Matching  Account  which  has  become  a
           Forfeiture since the preceding Valuation Date.

      (d)  The Plan's Forfeiture  Account shall be adjusted as of each Valuation
           Date to reflect any investment earnings and losses on the investments
           held for that Account,  transfers  into that Account of amounts which
           have become  Forfeitures under Sec. 9.2(b), and withdrawals from that
           Account  to  reinstate  Accounts  pursuant  to Sec.  9.2(b)  or to be
           applied as credits against  Matching  Contributions  pursuant to Sec.
           5.2(d).

           Sec. 7.3   Investment of Accounts.  Each Participant shall direct the
           investment of his or her Accounts, subject to the following:

     (a)  The Company shall determine the class or classes of investments  which
          will be made available as investment options under this Plan from time
          to  time.  The  Company  may in its  sole  discretion  add  additional
          options, merge options, or delete existing options at any time. If one
          or more existing  investment options are to be replaced by one or more
          new  options,  the  transfers  from old to new  options  shall be made
          pursuant to such rules and procedures as the Company  establishes  for
          this purpose, and the resulting  investments shall continue to be held
          for the  Participant  until  the  Participant  files a new  investment
          direction.

     (b)  All  investment  directions  shall be filed in writing on a prescribed
          form (or by using an alternative method authorized by the Company) and
          shall be filed with the  Company,  or with such agent or agents as may
          be designated from time to time by the Company for this purpose.  Each
          investment  direction  shall remain in effect  until a new  investment
          direction is made by the Participant.  An initial investment direction
          shall be made by the Participant when an Account is first  established
          for  the  Participant.   Thereafter,  a  Participant  may  change  the
          investment of the existing Account  balances and future  contributions
          at  such  intervals  as  may  be  authorized  by  the  Company  or the
          designated agent. All investment directions must be in such increments
          for any  investment  option as are  specified  by the  Company  or its
          designated  agent.  Each investment  direction must be received by the
          Company,  or by an agent  appointed  by the Company for this  purpose,
          prior to the deadline  established from time to time by the Company or
          its agent for the date it is to be effective  (which deadline can vary
          depending on the type of election or the manner in which the direction
          is made). Each such investment  direction will be implemented within a
          reasonable  period  of  time,  as  determined  by the  Company  or its
          designated  agent and by the Funding  Agency,  after the  direction is
          received by the Funding  Agency.  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  the
          Company may establish  rules delaying the effective date of investment
          elections,  or establishing  blackout  periods during which investment
          elections or other transactions will not be processed,  as the Company
          determines is advisable for the administration of the Plan.

     (c)  All investment directions by a Participant shall be complete as to the
          terms of the investment  transaction.  An investment  direction  shall
          provide for both the investment of existing  Account  balances and the
          investment of future  contributions on behalf of the Participant.  The
          Company  or  its  agent  may  allow   Participants  to  make  separate
          investment  directions for separate Accounts or groups of Accounts. No
          Funding  Agency  shall  have any  obligation  whatsoever  to invest or
          manage  any assets  held in a  Participant's  Accounts,  its sole duty
          being  to  follow  within  a  reasonable  period  of time  all  proper
          directions of the  Participant  which are made in accordance  with the
          Plan and which are not contrary to ERISA.  If a  Participant  fails to
          provide directions as to the investment of any cash held in his or her
          Accounts,  the  Company  may  in  its  sole  discretion  designate  an
          investment vehicle or vehicles to be used to hold such funds.

     (d)  All  earnings  and  losses  on the  investments  held  for each of the
          Participant's Accounts shall be credited directly to such Account, and
          the Account  shall be charged with all expenses  attributable  to such
          investments.  If assets of an Account are  commingled  for  investment
          with  assets  of  other  Accounts,   all  such  Accounts  shall  share
          proportionately   in  the   investment   experience  of  and  expenses
          chargeable  to the  commingled  fund  according  to a method which the
          Funding Agency determines in its sole discretion to be reasonable. The
          Funding  Agency may also charge to each  Account  such  portion of the
          general  expenses of the Fund as the Funding Agency  determines in its
          sole discretion to be reasonable.

     (e)  Following  the  death  of  the   Participant,   each  of  his  or  her
          Beneficiaries  shall  have the right to direct the  investment  of the
          portion  of  the   Participant's   Accounts  held  on  behalf  of  the
          Beneficiary. An "alternate payee" pursuant to the terms of a qualified
          domestic relations order shall have the right to direct the investment
          of the Accounts held on behalf of the alternate  payee after the order
          is determined to be qualified,  unless the order specifically provides
          to the contrary. In each such case, the directions shall be subject to
          the same terms and conditions as applied to the Participant.

     (f)  Except as provided in Sections 7.6 and 7.7,  the Funding  Agency shall
          at all times retain title to all assets held for  Accounts,  and shall
          have the voting  power with  respect to all stock or other  securities
          held for  Accounts,  unless that voting  power has been  delegated  in
          writing to an investment manager or other entity or individual.

     (g)  All investment  directions  shall be in accordance with such rules and
          regulations  as the Company or the Funding  Agency may establish  from
          time to time for this purpose.

     (h)  The Plan's Forfeiture Account shall be invested in such investments as
          the Company may designate from time to time for this purposes.

     (i)  Each  Account  shall be valued by the  Funding  Agency at fair  market
          value  as of each  Valuation  Date and at such  other  times as may be
          necessary  for the proper  administration  of the Plan. If fair market
          value of an  asset is not  available,  it shall be  deemed  to be fair
          value as  determined  in good  faith  by the  Company  or other  Named
          Fiduciary  assigned such  function,  or if such asset is held in trust
          and the trust  agreement so provides,  as  determined in good faith by
          the  trustee.  If any  portion of the fund is  invested  in a contract
          issued by an insurance  company,  of a type sometimes referred to as a
          "guaranteed income contract", under which the insurance company pays a
          guaranteed  minimum rate of interest for a stated period of time,  and
          if no event has occurred that will result in repayment of principal at
          a discounted  value,  the fair market  value of the contract  shall be
          deemed to be its book value.

     (j)  Notwithstanding  anything herein to the contrary, if the Plan receives
          a recovery on an investment (including, but not limited to, a recovery
          from the Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Corporation,  a state  insurance
          guaranty   association   or   the   Securities   Industry   Protection
          Corporation,  or a recovery  under federal or state  securities  laws)
          which recovery is earmarked by the paying entity as  attributable to a
          specific  Participant or  Beneficiary,  the amount  recovered shall be
          allocated only to the Account(s) of such  Participant or  Beneficiary,
          and the Accounts of other  Participants  and  Beneficiaries  shall not
          share in the recovery. The Company shall make appropriate  adjustments
          in allocations of investment earnings and losses and Account values to
          reflect the provisions of this subsection.

           Sec. 7.4   Participant Statements.  Each Plan Year the Company ma
cause each Participant to be provided with a statement of Account balances as of
the end of the immediately preceding Plan Year.

           Sec. 7.5 Rollover  Accounts.  At the request of a Qualified  Employee
and with the consent of the Company,  the Plan may accept a transfer to the Fund
of an amount that constitutes a Rollover  Contribution.  The Company shall grant
such consent in its sole discretion and only if it is certain that the amount to
be transferred will constitute a proper Rollover  Contribution.  Notwithstanding
any  provisions  of the Plan to the  contrary,  the  following  shall apply with
respect to a Rollover Contribution:

      (a)  A Rollover Account shall be established for each employee who makes a
           Rollover  Contribution.  From  the date the  assets  of the  Rollover
           Contribution  are transferred to the Fund through the first Valuation
           Date following such transfer, the Rollover Account shall be valued at
           the fair market value of said assets on the date of such transfer.

      (b)  No employer or employee  contributions  or Forfeitures  shall ever be
           added  to  a  Rollover  Account.  In  the  event  of  the  employee's
           Termination  of  Employment  entitling  him or her to a benefit under
           Sec.  9.2, the vested  percentage  in the Rollover  Account  shall be
           100%.

      (c)  The  employee  shall be treated the same as a  Participant  hereunder
           from  the  time  of  the  transfer,  but  shall  not  actually  be  a
           Participant  and shall not be  eligible to receive an  allocation  of
           employer   contributions   or   Forfeitures   or  to  make   employee
           contributions  until  he or she has  satisfied  the  requirements  of
           Article IV.

      (d)  Notwithstanding  anything  herein  to the  contrary,  if the  Company
           subsequently  determines  that an amount  received  pursuant  to this
           section  does not  qualify as a Rollover  Contribution,  such  amount
           (adjusted for investment  earnings or losses allocated to such amount
           after it was  received  by the  Plan)  shall be  returned  as soon as
           reasonably  possible to the individual or entity that transferred the
           amount to the Plan (or to the  Participant if the transferor  refuses
           to accept the return).

      (e)  For  purposes  of  this  section,  "Rollover  Contribution"  means  a
           contribution  of an  amount  which  may be  rolled  over to this Plan
           pursuant to Code section 401(a)(31), 402(c), 403(a)(4), 408(d)(3), or
           any other  provision  of the Code which may permit  rollovers to this
           Plan from time to time.

           Sec.  7.6  Voting of Company  Stock.  Before  each  annual or special
meeting of the  stockholders of the Company,  the Company shall cause to be sent
to each Participant a copy of the proxy solicitation material therefor, together
with a form requesting confidential instructions to the Funding Agency on how to
vote the shares of Company  stock held in the Company  Stock Fund.  Instructions
received from  Participants by the Funding Agency shall be held in the strictest
confidence  and shall not be  divulged  or  released  to any  person,  including
officers or employees of the Company. To be effective, such instructions must be
received  by the  Funding  Agency  at  least  the  number  of days  prior to the
stockholder's  meeting specified in the materials sent to the Participants.  The
Funding  Agency shall vote all shares of Company stock held in the Company Stock
Fund in proportion to "votes" cast by Participants, as follows:

      (a)  The Funding  Agency shall  determine  the  aggregate  number of votes
           which may be cast with respect to all shares of Company stock held in
           the Company Stock Fund.

      (b)  The Company shall determine the Participant's  aggregate  interest in
           the  Company  Stock  Fund as a  percentage  of the  interests  of all
           Participants in said Fund.

      (c)  The number of "votes" the Participant may cast shall be determined by
           applying the  percentage in (b) to the aggregate  number of shares in
           (a).

      (d)  The  Funding  Agency  shall  determine  the  number of  "votes"  for,
           against,  and abstaining  with respect to each  proposition and shall
           vote,  in person or by proxy,  shares of  Company  stock  held in the
           Company  Stock  Fund  equal to the  "votes"  received  in the  manner
           directed in those "votes".

      (e)  Notwithstanding anything in this section to the contrary, if a matter
           to be voted upon is one with  respect to which shares of a particular
           class  must vote  separately,  shares of that  class held by the Plan
           shall be voted in accordance with this section applied as if the Plan
           held only those shares.

The  determinations  in subsections (a), (b), and (c) shall be as of a Valuation
Date  designated  by the  Company  which is not more  than 90 days  prior to the
meeting.  It is intended that shares held for the benefit of Participants who do
not give voting instructions with respect to any matter will not be voted by the
Funding  Agency on that  matter.  The Company may  require  verification  of the
Funding Agency's compliance with voting instructions  received from Participants
by any  independent  auditor  selected by the  Company.  The rights  extended to
Participants by this section shall also apply to the  Beneficiaries  of deceased
Participants. For purposes of this Sec. 7.6, each Participant or Beneficiary who
gives  voting  instructions  shall be  deemed a "named  fiduciary"  (within  the
meaning of ERISA) with respect to such  instructions.  For purposes of this Sec.
7.6 and Sec. 7.7, the "Company  Stock Fund" is any investment  fund  established
and made available to Participants under Sec. 7.3 which is primarily invested in
shares of stock of the Company.

           Sec. 7.7 Tender or Exchange Offers  Regarding  Company Stock. As soon
as practicable after the commencement of a tender or exchange offer (an "Offer")
for shares of Company  stock,  the Company  shall use its best  efforts to cause
each  Participant  whose  Accounts  has  allocated to them any shares of Company
stock to be advised in  writing  of the terms of the Offer,  and to be  provided
with forms by which the Participant  may instruct the Funding Agency,  or revoke
such  instruction,  to tender or exchange shares of Company stock, to the extent
permitted  under the terms of such Offer.  The Funding  Agency  shall follow the
directions of each  Participant.  In advising  Participants  of the terms of the
Offer,  the Company  may include  statements  from the Board  setting  forth its
position with respect to the Offer.  The giving of instructions by a Participant
to the Funding  Agency to tender or  exchange  shares and the tender or exchange
thereof  shall  not be  deemed a  withdrawal  or  suspension  from the Plan or a
forfeiture of any portion of such  Participant's  interest in the Plan solely by
reason of the giving of such  instructions and the Funding  Agency's  compliance
therewith.

      (a)  The  number  of  shares  as  to  which  a  Participant   may  provide
           instructions shall be determined as follows:

            (1)  The Funding  Agency shall  determine  the  aggregate  number of
                 shares held in the Company Stock Fund.

            (2)  The  Company  shall  determine  the   Participant's   aggregate
                 interest  in the  Company  Stock  Fund as a  percentage  of the
                 interests of all Participants in said Fund.

            (3)  The  Participant  may provide  instructions  with  respect to a
                 number of shares of Company  stock  determined  by applying the
                 percentage in (2) to the aggregate  number of shares in (1). If
                 the  Participant  directs  tender or exchange of the shares for
                 which he or she may provide  instructions,  the Funding  Agency
                 shall  follow that  instruction.  The Funding  Agency shall not
                 tender or  exchange  the  shares  for which a  Participant  may
                 provide  instructions  if the  Participant  (i) directs against
                 their tender or exchange or (ii) gives no direction.

     (b)  The  determination  of the number of shares as to which a  Participant
          may provide  instructions  shall be as of the close of business on the
          day preceding the date on which the Offer is commenced or such earlier
          date as shall be designated by the Company as the Company, in its sole
          discretion,   deems   appropriate   for   reasons  of   administrative
          convenience. Any securities received by the Funding Agency as a result
          of a tender or exchange of shares of Company stock shall be held,  and
          any cash so  received  shall be  invested  in  short-term  investments
          pending  any  reinvestment  by the  Funding  Agency,  as it  may  deem
          appropriate,  consistent  with the  purposes  of the Plan.  The rights
          extended  to  Participants  by this  section  shall  also apply to the
          Beneficiaries of deceased Participants.

     (c)  If a tender or  exchange  offer is  limited  so that all of the shares
          that the Funding Agency has been directed to tender or exchange cannot
          be sold or  exchanged,  the shares that each  Participant  directed be
          tendered or  exchanged  shall be deemed to have been sold or exchanged
          in the same ratio that the number of shares actually sold or exchanged
          bears to the total  number  of  shares  that the  Funding  Agency  was
          directed to tender or exchange.

     (d)  For purposes of this Sec. 7.7, each  Participant or Beneficiary who is
          entitled to give such instructions shall be deemed a "named fiduciary"
          (within the meaning of ERISA) with respect to such instructions.


<PAGE>


                                  ARTICLE VIII

                           DESIGNATION OF BENEFICIARY
                           --------------------------

           Sec. 8.1 Persons Eligible to Designate. Any Participant may designate
a  Beneficiary  to receive any amount  payable  from the Fund as a result of the
Participant's death, provided that the Beneficiary survives the Participant. The
Beneficiary  may  be  one or  more  persons,  natural  or  otherwise.  By way of
illustration,  but  not  by  way  of  limitation,  the  Beneficiary  may  be  an
individual, trustee, executor, or administrator. The Beneficiary with respect to
one  Account  may be  different  from the  Beneficiary  with  respect to another
Account. A Participant may also change or revoke a designation  previously made,
without the consent of any Beneficiary named therein.

           Sec.   8.2   Special    Requirements   for   Married    Participants.
Notwithstanding  the  provisions of Sec. 8.1, if a Participant is married at the
time of his or her death,  the  Beneficiary  shall be the  Participant's  spouse
unless the spouse has  consented  in writing to the  designation  of a different
Beneficiary,  the spouse's consent  acknowledges the effect of such designation,
and the  spouse's  consent is  witnessed  by a  representative  of the Plan or a
notary  public.  Such  consent  shall be deemed to have been  obtained  if it is
established  to the  satisfaction  of the Company  that such  consent  cannot be
obtained  because there is no spouse,  because the spouse cannot be located,  or
because of such other circumstances as may be prescribed by federal regulations.
Any consent by a spouse shall be  irrevocable.  Any designation of a Beneficiary
which has received  spousal consent may be changed (other than by being revoked)
without  spousal  consent  only if the consent by the spouse  expressly  permits
subsequent  designations by the Participant  without any requirement for further
consent by the spouse.  Any such consent shall be valid only with respect to the
spouse  who  signed  the  consent,  or in the  case  of a  deemed  consent,  the
designated   spouse.  The  provisions  of  this  section  shall  apply  only  to
Participants who have at least one Hour of Service on or after August 23, 1984.

           Sec.  8.3  Form and  Method  of  Designation.  Any  designation  or a
revocation of a prior  designation of Beneficiary  shall be in writing on a form
acceptable  to the Company and shall be filed with the Company.  The Company and
all other parties  involved in making  payment to a Beneficiary  may rely on the
latest  Beneficiary  designation on file with the Company at the time of payment
or may make payment  pursuant to Sec. 8.4 if an effective  designation is not on
file,  shall be fully  protected  in  doing  so,  and  shall  have no  liability
whatsoever  to any person  making  claim for such payment  under a  subsequently
filed designation of Beneficiary or for any other reason.

           Sec. 8.4   No Effective Designation.  If there is not on file with 
the Company an effective designation of Beneficiary by a deceased Participant,
the Beneficiary shall be the person or persons surviving the Participant in the
first of the following classes in which there is a survivor, share and share 
alike:

      (a)  The Participant's spouse.

      (b)  The Participant's  children,  except that if any of the Participant's
           children  predecease the  Participant  but leave issue  surviving the
           Participant,  such issue  shall take by right of  representation  the
           share their parent would have taken if living.

      (c) The Participant's parents.

      (d) The Participant's brothers and sisters.

      (e) The Participant's estate.

Determination  of the identity of the  Beneficiary in each case shall be made by
the Company.

           Sec. 8.5 Successor  Beneficiary.  If a  Beneficiary  who survives the
Participant  subsequently  dies  before  receiving  all  payments  to which  the
Beneficiary was entitled,  the successor  Beneficiary,  determined in accordance
with the  provisions  of this  section,  shall be entitled to the balance of any
remaining  payments  due. A Beneficiary  who is not the surviving  spouse of the
Participant may not designate a successor Beneficiary.  A Beneficiary who is the
surviving  spouse may designate a successor  Beneficiary only if the Participant
specifically  authorized  such  designations  on the  Participant's  Beneficiary
designation  form.  If a  Beneficiary  is  permitted  to  designate  a successor
Beneficiary,  each such  designation  shall be made  according to the same rules
(other  than  Sec.  8.2)  applicable  to  designations  by  Participants.  If  a
Beneficiary  is not  permitted  to  designate  a  successor  Beneficiary,  or is
permitted  to do so but fails to make such a  designation,  the  balance  of any
payments  remaining  due will be  payable  to a  contingent  Beneficiary  if the
Participant's  Beneficiary designation so specifies, and otherwise to the estate
of the deceased Beneficiary.


<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE IX

                              BENEFIT REQUIREMENTS
                              --------------------

           Sec. 9.1   Benefit on Retirement, Disability or Change in Control.
If a Participant's Termination of Employment occurs (for any reason other than 
death) under any of the following circumstances, the Participant shall be 100% 
vested and shall be entitled to a benefit equal to the value of all of his or
her Accounts:

      (a)  The Participant has reached age 55.

      (b)  The  Participant's  Termination  of Employment  has occurred due to a
           bodily  injury or  disease  which the  Company  determines,  based on
           competent  medical  evidence,  makes the Participant unfit to perform
           the  normal  duties  of  his  or her  position  with a  Participating
           Employer  and  causes  the  Participant  to be  eligible  to  receive
           benefits  under  a  long-term  disability  plan  of  a  Participating
           Employer or Social Security disability benefits.

      (c)  The Participant has an Involuntary  Termination of Employment  within
           three years after the date a Change in Control  occurs.  For purposes
           of this subsection:

           (1)   The term "Change in Control" means (i) the acquisition, whether
                 directly, indirectly,  beneficially (within the meaning of Rule
                 13d-3 under the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934,  as amended
                 (the "1934 Act")),  or of record,  of securities of the Company
                 representing  25% or  more in  number  of the  total  of a) the
                 number  of  shares of common  stock  then  outstanding,  b) the
                 number  of  shares of common  stock  issuable  upon  conversion
                 (whether  or not  then  convertible)  or  otherwise  of Class B
                 Common  Stock,  and c) the  number of  shares  of common  stock
                 issuable upon conversion  (whether or not then  convertible) or
                 otherwise constituting the common stock equivalent of any other
                 class or  series of  capital  stock  which  votes for or in the
                 election  of  directors  (hereinafter,  "Total  Shares") by any
                 "person"  (within the meaning of Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of
                 the 1934 Act), including any corporation or group of associated
                 persons  acting in concert,  other than (I) the Company  and/or
                 (II) any employee  pension  benefit plan (within the meaning of
                 Section   3(2)  of  ERISA)  of  the   Company  or  any  of  its
                 subsidiaries,  including  a trust  established  pursuant to any
                 such plan, or (ii) the  nomination  and election of 25% or more
                 of the Company's Board of Directors  without  recommendation of
                 such Board. The ownership of record of 25% or more of the Total
                 Shares of the  Company by a person  engaged in the  business of
                 acting as nominee for unrelated  beneficial owners shall not of
                 itself be deemed to constitute a Change in Control.

           (2)   The term "Involuntary  Termination of Employment" means (i) the
                 Termination  of Employment of a Participant by the Company or a
                 subsidiary  other than a Termination  for Cause, or (ii) in the
                 case of a  Participant  who is employed by a subsidiary  of the
                 Company,  either (I) the sale of a  substantial  portion of the
                 assets of the  subsidiary  within the  meaning of Code  section
                 280G, or (II) the  acquisition  by an unrelated  third party of
                 ownership of more than 50% of the then outstanding stock of the
                 subsidiary.  "Termination  for Cause" means the  Termination of
                 Employment  of a  Participant  as a direct  result of an act or
                 acts of dishonesty  constituting a felony under the laws of the
                 United States or the State of Iowa and resulting or intended to
                 result directly or indirectly in gain or personal enrichment at
                 the expense of any  Participating  Employer.  An act or acts of
                 dishonesty  constituting  the felony are established  either by
                 (i) the specific admission of the Participant,  or (ii) a final
                 nonappealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction.

The  benefit  shall be paid at the  times  and in the  manner  determined  under
Article X.

           Sec.  9.2  Other  Termination  of  Employment.   If  a  Participant's
Termination  of  Employment  occurs  (for any  reason  other than  death)  under
circumstances  such that the Participant is not entitled to a benefit under Sec.
9.1, the Participant shall be entitled to a benefit equal to the value of all of
his or her Accounts other than any Matching  Account and also a benefit equal to
the  vested  percentage  of the  value of the  Participant's  Matching  Account,
subject, however, to the following:

      (a)  The  vested   percentage   shall   depend  upon  the  number  of  the
           Participant's Years of Vesting Service at the time of the Termination
           of Employment, as follows:

                                Vesting Schedule

                 Years of Vesting Service             Vested Percentage

                     Less than 1                                0%
                     1 but less than 2                         20%
                     2 but less than 3                         40%
                     3 but less than 4                         60%
                     4 but less than 5                         80%
                     5 or more                                100%

           Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  if a  Participant's  Termination of
           Employment  occurred as of December 31, 1997 and the  Participant was
           employed by Optimum Quality Grains, L.L.C. as of January 1, 1998, the
           Participant's  vested  percentage  shall be 100% regardless of his or
           her Years of Vesting Service. A Participant described in the previous
           sentence may file an election with the Company (in such manner as may
           be  prescribed by the Company from time to time) at any time prior to
           his or her  termination of employment with Optimum to have his or her
           Accounts  in the Plan  transferred  to the  Optimum  Quality  Grains,
           L.L.C.  Retirement  and Savings Plan.  Such transfer shall be made as
           soon as  administratively  feasible after the election is received by
           the Company or its designated  agent and the Company or its agent has
           determined in its sole  discretion  that such  plan-to-plan  transfer
           will not  jeopardize  the  qualified  status of this Plan  under Code
           section 401(a).

      (b)  The  disposition of the portion of a Participant's  Matching  Account
           that is not vested shall be as provided below:

           (1)   The portion of the  Participant's  Matching Account that is not
                 vested  shall  become a  Forfeiture  as of the  earlier  of the
                 following dates:

                 (A)  The  date  the   Participant   incurs  his  or  her  fifth
                      consecutive 1-Year Break In Service.

                 (B)  The  date  that  the   vested   portion   of  all  of  the
                      Participant's   Accounts  has  been   distributed  to  the
                      Participant.  If  the  Participant  was  0%  vested  in  a
                      particular  Account,  that  Account  will  be  deemed  for
                      purposes of this subparagraph (B) to have been distributed
                      when the Participant's Termination of Employment occurred.

                 The Participant shall lose all claim to the amount forfeited on
                 the date as of which  the  Forfeiture  occurs.  The  Forfeiture
                 shall be  transferred  to the  Plan's  Forfeiture  Account  for
                 application  as  provided  in  paragraph  (4) below and in Sec.
                 5.2(c).

           (2)   If a former  Participant  whose  Account  was  forfeited  under
                 paragraph (1) is  subsequently  reemployed and completes a Year
                 of Vesting  Service before  incurring five  consecutive  1-Year
                 Breaks  In  Service,  a  separate  Matching  Account  shall  be
                 reinstated for the Participant as of the last Valuation Date of
                 the  Plan  Year in  which  such  Year  of  Vesting  Service  is
                 completed. The Participant shall be entitled to such Account in
                 accordance  with the  provisions  of this  Article  IX upon any
                 subsequent Termination of Employment, subject to the provisions
                 of  paragraph  (3).  The total value of such Account as of such
                 Valuation Date shall be equal to the value of the Forfeiture on
                 the date as of which the  Forfeiture  occurred.  The reinstated
                 Account shall be funded as provided in paragraph (4).

           (3)   If a  Participant  referred to in paragraph  (2) who received a
                 distribution  from a Matching Account as a result of a previous
                 Termination  of Employment is not 100% vested in the reinstated
                 Matching  Account upon a subsequent  Termination of Employment,
                 the  benefit to which the  Participant  is  entitled  therefrom
                 shall be determined as follows:

                 (A)  To the value of such  reinstated  Account  there  shall be
                      added the amount of the benefit from the Matching  Account
                      which the  Participant  received  as a result of the prior
                      Termination of Employment.

                 (B)  The applicable vested percentage from the vesting schedule
                      shall be applied to such sum.

                 (C)  From the result obtained in (B), there shall be subtracted
                      the amount  added to the value of the  reinstated  Account
                      under (A).

           (4)   The  amount  required  to  reinstate  an  Account  pursuant  to
                 paragraph  (2) as of the  last  Valuation  Date of a Plan  Year
                 shall be provided  from the  following  sources in the priority
                 indicated:

                 (A) Amounts forfeited under this subsection (b).

                 (B) Employer contributions for the Plan Year.

                 (C)  Net income or gain of the Fund not previously allocated to
                      other Accounts.

           (5)   If  Forfeitures  are to be applied as a credit  against  future
                 contributions   and  a  Forfeiture   would  exceed  the  amount
                 remaining  due from the  Participating  Employers  for the Plan
                 Year,  the  Forfeiture  shall instead occur on the first day of
                 the following Plan Year.

           (6)   This  subsection (b) shall not apply to any Forfeiture  Account
                 which became a  Forfeiture  pursuant to the  provisions  of the
                 Plan in effect  prior to the  adoption of this  version of this
                 subsection.  Any such  Forfeiture  Account shall be disposed of
                 pursuant to such prior Plan provisions.

      (c)  The benefit  under this section shall be paid at the times and in the
           manner determined under Article X.

           Sec. 9.3 Death. If a  Participant's  Termination of Employment is the
result of death, his or her Beneficiary  shall be entitled to a benefit equal to
the value of all of the  Participant's  Accounts.  Such benefit shall be paid at
the times and in the manner determined under Article X. If a Participant's death
occurs after his or her  Termination of Employment,  distribution  of the vested
balance  of the  Participant's  Accounts  shall  be made to the  Beneficiary  in
accordance  with the provisions of Article X, and any non-vested  portion of the
Participant's  Matching  Account shall be treated as becoming a Forfeiture under
Sec. 9.2(b) as of the date of the Participant's death.

           Sec. 9.4   Withdrawals Before Termination of Employment.  
A Participant may request a cash withdrawal from his or her Accounts at any time
prior to the date benefits first become payable to the Participant under
Sec. 9.1 or Sec. 9.2 pursuant to the following: 

      (a)  A  withdrawal  may be made  from  the  Participant's  Before-Tax  and
           Matching Accounts only to meet a financial hardship.

           (1)   A hardship  withdrawal  will be  permitted  only if the Company
                 determines that both of the following requirements are met:

                 (A)  The  withdrawal  must be  made  on  account  of one of the
                      following reasons:

                      (i)  Expenses for medical care described in section 213(d)
                           of  the  Code  incurred  by  the   Participant,   the
                           Participant's   spouse,  or  any  dependents  of  the
                           Participant,  as defined in section  152 of the Code,
                           or  expenses  necessary  for any of those  persons to
                           obtain such medical care,  which are not reimbursable
                           from insurance or any other source.

                      (ii) Costs  directly   related  to  the  purchase  of  the
                           principal  residence  of the  Participant  (excluding
                           mortgage payments).

                      (iii)Payment  of  tuition   for  the  next  12  months  of
                           post-secondary education for the Participant,  or for
                           his or her spouse, children or dependents.

                      (iv) The need to prevent the  eviction of the  Participant
                           from his or her principal residence or foreclosure on
                           the   mortgage   of   the   Participant's   principal
                           residence.

                 (B) All of the following requirements must be satisfied:

                      (i)  The  amount of the  distribution  cannot  exceed  the
                           amount of the immediate and heavy  financial  need of
                           the  Participant.  The Company may reasonably rely on
                           the  Participant's  representation as to that amount.
                           However,  the amount of the  distribution may include
                           any amounts determined by the Company to be necessary
                           to pay any  federal,  state or local  income taxes or
                           penalties  reasonably  expected  to  result  from the
                           distribution.

                      (ii) The Participant must have obtained all distributions,
                           other than hardship distributions, and all nontaxable
                           loans currently  available under all plans maintained
                           by the Participating Employers or any Affiliate.

                      (iii)The Participant's elective contributions and employee
                           contributions  under the Plan and all other qualified
                           and  nonqualified  plans  of  deferred   compensation
                           maintained  by  the  Participating  Employers  or any
                           Affiliate will be suspended  pursuant to the terms of
                           the  plan  or  an   otherwise   legally   enforceable
                           agreement for at least 12 months after the receipt of
                           the hardship distribution.

                      (iv) For  the  calendar  year  immediately  following  the
                           calendar  year  of  the  hardship  distribution,  the
                           Participant  may not  make  contributions  under  all
                           plans  maintained by the  Participating  Employers or
                           any Affiliate in excess of the applicable limit under
                           section  402(g)  of the Code for such  next  calendar
                           year less the  amount of the  Participant's  elective
                           contributions  for the calendar  year of the hardship
                           distribution.

                      (v)  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing  provisions  of  this
                           subparagraph  (B),  this  subparagraph  (B)  will  be
                           satisfied if the IRS issues a revenue ruling, notice,
                           or other  document  of  general  applicability  which
                           establishes   an   alternative   method  under  which
                           distributions  will  be  deemed  to be  necessary  to
                           satisfy an immediate and heavy financial need and all
                           of the  requirements of such  alternative  method are
                           met.

           (2)   With respect to any such hardship withdrawal, earnings credited
                 to the Participant's Before-Tax Account after December 31, 1988
                 cannot  be  withdrawn   under  this   subsection  (a),  and  no
                 withdrawals  under  this  subsection  (a) may be made  from any
                 Qualified   Non-Elective   Account  which  is  attributable  to
                 contributions used to calculate deferral percentages under Sec.
                 5.4(a)(1) and earnings attributable to such contributions.

           (3)   No withdrawal  shall be permitted under this subsection  unless
                 the  Participant  has  previously   withdrawn  or  concurrently
                 withdraws the maximum  amount  permitted to be withdrawn  under
                 subsection (b). Except as otherwise  provided in paragraph (2),
                 all  amounts   shall  be  withdrawn   from  the   Participant's
                 Before-Tax  Account  before any  withdrawals  are made from the
                 Participant's Matching Account.

           (4)   Notwithstanding the foregoing,  amounts may be withdrawn from a
                 Matching  Account only to the extent the  Participant  would be
                 vested in such amounts if his or her  Termination of Employment
                 occurred on the date of the  withdrawal.  If a Participant  who
                 has  made a  withdrawal  under  this  section  from a  Matching
                 Account  subsequently  has a Termination  of Employment  before
                 becoming 100% vested,  the amount to which the  Participant  is
                 entitled from that Account as of the Valuation  Date  specified
                 in Sec.  9.2 shall be  adjusted  by (i)  adding to the value of
                 that  Account  the  amount  which  has  been  withdrawn,   (ii)
                 multiplying  the  result  by the  vested  percentage  from Sec.
                 9.2(a), and (iii) subtracting from that result the amount which
                 has been withdrawn.

      (b)  A withdrawal may be made from the Participant's  Voluntary After-Tax,
           Rollover   and   Voluntary   Deductible   Accounts  for  any  reason.
           Withdrawals  under  this  subsection  shall be made in the  following
           order of  priority  (i) the  portion of the  Participant's  Voluntary
           After-Tax Account equal to the contributions  made by the Participant
           prior to 1987, (ii) the remainder of the Voluntary After-Tax Account,
           (iii) any Rollover Account, (iv) any Voluntary Deductible Account.

      (c)  Requests for withdrawals under this section shall be made pursuant to
           applicable  rules and  regulations  adopted by the Company  which are
           uniform and  non-discriminatory  as to all  Participants and shall be
           submitted  in  writing  to the  Company  on such form as the  Company
           prescribes for this purpose.  The Company shall determine whether the
           requirements of this section have been met.

      (d)  The Company shall direct the Funding Agency respecting the payment of
           withdrawals under this section.  Commencing  January 1, 1998, payment
           shall be made to the Participant as soon as administratively feasible
           following  the date the  withdrawal  request has been approved by the
           Company  or its  designated  agent,  and  shall be  based  on  values
           determined  as of a Valuation  Date  selected  by the Funding  Agency
           which is on or before the date of payment.

      (e)  The amount of a  withdrawal  under this  section from any Account may
           not exceed the  balance  standing to the credit of the Account on the
           applicable   Valuation   Date  less  any   portion  of  the   Account
           attributable to any outstanding loan.

      (f)  Withdrawals shall be taken pro rata from the investments held for the
           Accounts of the Participant subject to the withdrawal.

     (g)  Only two  withdrawals  under this  section may be made in any calendar
          year.

           Sec. 9.5   Loans to Participants.  The Company may authorize a loan 
to a Participant who is an employee of a Participating Employer or an Affiliate
and who makes application therefor.  Each such loan shall be subject to the 
following provisions:

      (a)  The amount of any loan to a Participant, when added to the balance of
           all other  loans to the  Participant  under this Plan and all related
           plans  which are  outstanding  on the day on which such loan is made,
           shall not exceed the lesser of:

           (1)   $50,000,  reduced  by the  excess  (if any) of (i) the  highest
                 outstanding  balance of loans to the Participant  from the Plan
                 and all related plans during the one-year  period ending on the
                 day before the date the loan is made, over (ii) the outstanding
                 balance  of  loans  to the  Participant  from  the Plan and all
                 related plans on the date the loan is made; or

           (2)   50% of the amount to which the Participant would be entitled in
                 the event his or her Termination of Employment were to occur on
                 the date the loan is made.

           For  purposes  of this  section,  a  related  plan is any  "qualified
           employer plan", as defined in Code section 72(p)(4), sponsored by the
           Participant's   Participating   Employer  or  any  related  employer,
           determined according to Code section 72(p)(2)(D).

      (b)  The minimum amount of any loan shall be $1,000.00.  Only one loan may
           be outstanding to a Participant at any time.

      (c)  Each loan shall be evidenced  by the  Participant's  promissory  note
           payable to the order of the Funding Agency, in such form and executed
           in such manner as is determined under  procedures  established by the
           Company  or its  designated  agent.  Each  loan  shall be  adequately
           secured as  determined  by the  Company.  A loan shall be  considered
           adequately  secured whenever the outstanding  balance does not exceed
           the amount in which the  Participant  would have a vested interest in
           the event of his or her Termination of Employment.

      (d)  The  Company  shall  determine  the rate of  interest to be paid with
           respect to each loan,  which shall be a  reasonable  rate of interest
           within the meaning of Code section  4975.  The rate shall be based on
           the  interest  rates  charged by persons in the  business  of lending
           money in the region in which the  Company  operates  for loans  which
           would be made under similar circumstances.

      (e) Each such loan shall  provide for the payment of accrued  interest and
          for repayment of principal in  substantially  equal  installments  not
          less frequently than monthly. There will be no penalty for prepayments
          of any  loan,  but any  prepayment  must be in the  form of a lump sum
          payment  of the  entire  outstanding  balance  of the loan.  While the
          Participant  is employed  by the  Participating  Employers,  all loans
          shall be repaid  through  payroll  deductions to the extent  possible,
          except  in the  case of  temporary  employees  for  whom  the  Company
          authorizes an alternate  method of repayment.  The  Participant  shall
          execute any documents required to authorize such deductions.

      (f)  Each loan shall extend for a stated period determined by agreement of
           the Participant and the Company, not exceeding five years.

      (g) Failure to pay any installment of interest or principal when due shall
          constitute  a default on the loan  (subject  to any  applicable  grace
          period for correcting the default).  Upon any such default, the entire
          loan balance shall be declared to be in default to the extent required
          by  applicable  regulations.  Events of default shall also include any
          other events  identified  as such in the  Participant's  note.  In the
          event of a default on a loan,  foreclosure on the note and application
          of the Participant's Accounts to satisfy the note will occur as of the
          earliest date on which the  Participant  or Beneficiary is eligible to
          receive  payment of benefits under the Plan  attributable to the loan,
          but will  not  occur  prior  to that  date.  Loan  repayments  will be
          suspended  under this Plan as permitted  under Code section  414(u)(4)
          (relating to periods of military service).

      (h) If a loan to a Participant  is  outstanding on the date a distribution
          is to be made  from  the  Fund  with  respect  to the  portion  of the
          Participant's Account or Accounts represented by the loan, the balance
          of  the  loan,  or a  portion  thereof  equal  to  the  amount  to  be
          distributed,  if less, shall on such date become due and payable.  The
          portion of the loan due and payable  shall be satisfied by  offsetting
          such amount against the amount to be  distributed to the  Participant.
          Alternatively,  the portion of the  Participant's  Account or Accounts
          equal to the  outstanding  balance on the loan may be  distributed  in
          kind by distribution of the Participant's note.

      (i)  If a  loan  to a  Participant  is  outstanding  at  the  time  of the
           Participant's   death,   and  if  the  loan  is  not  repaid  by  the
           Participant's   executor   or   administrator,   the  note  shall  be
           distributed in kind to the Participant's Beneficiary.

      (j)  The Company shall  administer the loan program under this section and
           shall  direct the Funding  Agency with respect to the making of loans
           to  Participants,  the  collection  thereof,  and all  other  matters
           pertaining  thereto.  The Funding Agency shall follow such directions
           to the extent possible and shall not take any independent action with
           respect to such loans,  except to the extent the  Funding  Agency has
           agreed to process loans on behalf of the Plan.

      (k)  In accordance with the foregoing  standards and  requirements,  loans
           shall be available  to all  Participants  on a reasonably  equivalent
           basis.

      (l)  All loans shall be governed by such non-discriminatory  written rules
           as the Company may adopt,  which shall be deemed to be a part of this
           Plan.  Applications  for loans shall be filed with the Company or its
           designated  agent (which may be the Funding Agency) in such manner as
           the Company may  prescribe  from time to time for this  purpose.  The
           loan  principal  will be  disbursed  by the Funding  Agency  within a
           reasonable time after the application has been received and approved.

      (m)  The Company shall cause to be furnished to any Participant  receiving
           a loan any  information  required  to be  furnished  pursuant  to the
           Federal Truth In Lending Act, if applicable, or pursuant to any other
           applicable law.

      (n) The portion of a Participant's  Account or Accounts represented by the
          outstanding   loan  principal   shall  be  segregated  for  investment
          purposes. In lieu of sharing in income or losses on investments of the
          Fund, the segregated  portion of the  Participant's  Accounts shall be
          credited  with  all  interest  paid by the  Participant  on the  loan.
          Repayments  of principal and interest on a loan shall be reinvested in
          accordance  with the  investment  designation in effect under Sec. 7.3
          for future  contributions at the time the repayment is received by the
          Funding  Agency.  The Funding  Agency may charge to the  Participant's
          Accounts any expenses attributable to the loan and such portion of the
          general  expenses of the Fund as the Funding Agency  determines in its
          discretion to be reasonable.  In the event of a Forfeiture  under Sec.
          9.2(b),  no portion of an  outstanding  loan may be transferred to the
          Forfeiture Account.

      (o)  The  investments  held  in  the   Participant's   Accounts  shall  be
           liquidated on a pro rata basis to provide the Fund with cash equal to
           the loan  principal.  The loan  principal  shall be obtained from the
           Participant's  Accounts in the order of priority  established  by the
           Company for this purpose.

      (p)  Solely for purposes of this  section,  a former  Participant  (or any
           Beneficiary  of  a  deceased  Participant  or  alternate  payee  of a
           Participant  under  a  qualified  domestic  relations  order)  who is
           entitled to a benefit from the Plan, and who is a "party in interest"
           as defined in section 3(14) of ERISA, is considered to be an employee
           of a  Participating  Employer  who is eligible to receive a loan from
           the Plan. No such person who is not a "party in interest" is eligible
           to receive a loan.


<PAGE>


                                    ARTICLE X

                            DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS
                            ------------------------

           Sec. 10.1  Time and Method of Payment.  The benefit to which a
Participant or Beneficiary may become entitled under Article IX shall be
distributed to that individual at such time as he or she elects, subject to the 
following:

      (a)  The  distribution  may be made at any time after the date as of which
           the Participant or Beneficiary  becomes entitled to a benefit payment
           under Article IX. The amount of the  distribution  will be determined
           pursuant to Sec. 10.3.

           (1)   All  distributions  shall be made by  payment  in a single  sum
                 except as provided in paragraph (2).

           (2)   If the Participant's Termination of Employment occurs after the
                 Participant  reaches age 55, the  Participant may elect to make
                 partial  withdrawals  from his or her Accounts,  subject to the
                 following:

                 (A) No more than two such  withdrawals  may be made  during any
                     calendar year. 

                 (B)  The  amount to be  distributed  to the  Participant  on or
                      after  January  1  of  the  calendar  year  in  which  the
                      Participant  attains  age 70 1/2 and on or before  April 1
                      following  that  year  shall  be at  least  equal  to  the
                      Participant's  entire  interest  in  the  Plan  as of  the
                      December 31st  preceding such calendar year divided by the
                      smaller of:

                      (i)  The   joint   life  and  last   survivor   expectancy
                           (determined    pursuant   to   Treasury    Regulation
                           ss.1.72-9) of the Participant  and the  Participant's
                           oldest designated  Beneficiary,  if any, based on the
                           age of each  individual as of their birthdays in such
                           calendar year.

                      (ii) In the case of distributions  to a Participant  whose
                           designated   Beneficiary  is  not  the  Participant's
                           spouse,    the   applicable   divisor   provided   in
                           regulations under Code section 401(a)(9)(G)  relating
                           to incidental death benefits.

               (C)  The amount to be distributed to the  Participant by December
                    31st of each calendar  year  following the year in which the
                    Participant attains age 70 1/2shall be at least equal to the
                    Participant's entire interest in the Plan as of the December
                    31st  preceding  each  such  calendar  year  divided  by the
                    smaller   of  (i)  the   life   expectancy   determined   in
                    subparagraph  (B)(I) reduced by one year for each subsequent
                    calendar  year, or (ii) the  applicable  divisor  determined
                    under subparagraph (B)(II)

(b)  Unless  the  Participant  elects  otherwise,  distribution  must be made or
     commence  no later  than the 60th day  after  the close of the Plan Year in
     which  the  Participant  reaches  Normal  Retirement  Age or in  which  the
     Participant's   Termination  of  Employment  occurs,  whichever  is  later;
     provided,  however,  that if the amount of the payment to be made cannot be
     determined by the later of the aforesaid  dates,  a payment  retroactive to
     such  date may be made no later  than 60 days  after the  earliest  date on
     which the amount of such payment can be  ascertained.  For purposes of this
     subsection, the failure of a Participant to elect to receive a distribution
     shall be deemed to be an election to defer distribution of the benefit.

(c)  The  distribution  to a  Participant  must be made  or  distributions  must
     commence by April 1 following  the calendar  year in which the  Participant
     attains age 70 1/2 unless the Participant's  death occurs before that date.
     However,  if the Participant  attained age 70 1/2before January 1, 1988 and
     is not a more than 5-percent owner, distribution is not required to be made
     (or commence under subsection  (a)(2)) until April 1 following the calendar
     year in which the Participant's Termination of Employment occurs, if later.
     For purposes of this subsection,  a "more than 5-percent owner" is a person
     who was a more than 5-percent owner of a Participating Employer (as defined
     in Code section 416) at any time during the Plan Year ending with or within
     the calendar year in which he or she attained age 70 1/2.

     (d)  If the Participant dies before  receiving the entire  distribution and
          before  the  date  that  the  distribution  was  required  to occur or
          commence under  subsection  (c), the  Participant's  Accounts shall be
          distributed in a lump sum to the  Beneficiary  not later than December
          31 of the year containing the fifth  anniversary of the  Participant's
          death;  provided,  however, that if the designated  Beneficiary is the
          surviving spouse of the Participant,  the payment may be made any time
          on or  before  the later of (i)  December  31 of the year in which the
          Participant  would have reached age 70 1/2, or (ii) December 31 of the
          year following the year in which the Participant's death occurred.  If
          a surviving  spouse who is entitled to benefits under this  subsection
          dies before the  distribution  to the surviving  spouse has been made,
          this subsection  (other than the special  exception which applies to a
          designated Beneficiary who is the surviving spouse of the Participant)
          shall be applied as if the surviving spouse were the Participant, with
          the date of death of the surviving  spouse being  substituted  for the
          date of death of the Participant.

      (e)  If the Participant dies after the date that distribution was required
           to commence  under  subsection  (c), any  remaining  benefit shall be
           distributed  to the  Beneficiary  at least as  rapidly  as the method
           specified in subsection  (a)(2)(C),  but the Beneficiary may elect to
           receive a lump sum distribution of the remaining benefit at any time.

      (f)  For  purposes of this  section,  "designated  Beneficiary"  means any
           individual  who is a  Beneficiary  pursuant to Article  VIII. If more
           than  one   Beneficiary   is  entitled  to  benefits   following  the
           Participant's  death,  the  interest  of each  Beneficiary  shall  be
           segregated  into a separate  Account for  purposes  of applying  this
           section.

      (g)  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  distributions  may be  made  to any
           Participant or Beneficiary  pursuant to any designation made prior to
           January  1, 1984  which  satisfied  all the  requirements  of Section
           242(b)(2) of the Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act of 1982, as
           in  effect  on  January  1,  1984,  and the  regulations  thereunder;
           provided,  however, that any designation of Beneficiary included as a
           part of  such  designation  must  comply  with  the  spousal  consent
           requirements under Sec. 8.2.

     (h)  Notwithstanding the foregoing,  commencing January 1, 1998 (regardless
          of when the Participant's  Termination of Employment occurred), if the
          total vested value of the Accounts of a Participant  (or a Beneficiary
          following  the  Participant's  death) is $5,000 or less  following the
          date the  Participant's  Termination of Employment or death occurs,  a
          single-sum   distribution   shall  be  made  to  the  Participant  (or
          Beneficiary)  as of the earliest date permitted by the Plan.  However,
          this  subsection  shall not apply to a Participant if the total vested
          value of the  Participant's  Accounts  exceeded $5,000 at the time any
          previous distribution was made to the Participant.

      (i)  Notwithstanding   any   provision  of  the  Plan  to  the   contrary,
           distributions under this section shall be made in accordance with the
           requirements  of Code section  401(a)(9),  including  the  incidental
           death  benefit  requirements  of Code section 401  (a)(9)(G)  and the
           regulations  thereunder.  No distribution  option otherwise permitted
           under this Plan will be available to a Participant  or Beneficiary if
           such  distribution  option  does not meet  the  requirements  of Code
           section 401(a)(9), including subparagraph (G) thereof.

      (j)  Notwithstanding  any provision of the Plan to the contrary that would
           otherwise limit a distributee's election, a distributee may elect, at
           the time and in the manner  prescribed  by the  Company,  to have any
           portion of an  eligible  rollover  distribution  paid  directly to an
           eligible  retirement  plan  specified by the  distributee in a direct
           rollover. For purposes of this subsection:

           (1)   An "eligible rollover  distribution" is any distribution of all
                 or any portion of the balance to the credit of the distributee,
                 except that an eligible rollover  distribution does not include
                 any  distribution  to the extent such  distribution is required
                 under  Code   section   401(a)(9),   and  the  portion  of  any
                 distribution that is not includible in gross income.

           (2)   An  "eligible  retirement  plan"  is an  individual  retirement
                 account   described  in  Code  section  408(a),  an  individual
                 retirement annuity described in Code section 408(b), an annuity
                 plan  described in Code section  403(a),  or a qualified  trust
                 described   in  Code   section   401(a),   that   accepts   the
                 distributee's eligible rollover  distribution.  However, in the
                 case of an  eligible  rollover  distribution  to the  surviving
                 spouse, an eligible retirement plan is an individual retirement
                 account or individual retirement annuity.

           (3)   A "distributee"  includes a Participant or former  Participant.
                 In  addition,   the   Participant's  or  former   Participant's
                 surviving spouse and the Participant's or former  Participant's
                 spouse or former  spouse  who is the  alternate  payee  under a
                 qualified  domestic relations order, as defined in Code section
                 414(p),  are  distributees  with regard to the  interest of the
                 spouse or former spouse.

           (4)   A "direct  rollover"  is a payment by the Plan to the  eligible
                 retirement plan specified by the distributee.

           Sec. 10.2 Form of  Distribution.  Distributions  will be made in cash
only,  except as otherwise  provided in Sec.  9.5, and except that a Participant
whose Termination of Employment has occurred and who has elected to have some or
all of his or her Accounts  invested in a Company Stock Fund pursuant to Article
VII may elect, prior to such deadline as may be established from time to time by
the Company or its  designated  agent,  to receive the portion of such  Accounts
representing  whole shares of Company stock in kind by distribution of shares of
Company stock.  Any  fractional  shares of Company stock shall be distributed in
cash in all events.

           Sec.  10.3  Accounting  Following   Termination  of  Employment.   If
distribution  of  a  benefit  is  deferred  or  delayed  for  any  reason,   the
undistributed  Accounts  shall continue to be revalued as of each Valuation Date
as provided in Article VII. Commencing January 1, 1998, payment shall be made as
of a Valuation  Date  determined  by the Funding  Agency which occurs as soon as
administratively  feasible  following the date the  Participant  (or Beneficiary
following  the  Participant's  death)  files the request  for  payment  with the
Company or its designated agent (or following the  Participant's  Termination of
Employment or death in the case of an automatic payment under Sec. 10.1(h)).  If
a Participant has more than one Account,  each  distribution  shall be made from
such Account or Accounts as the Participant designates.

           Sec. 10.4  Reemployment.  Except where distributions are required
under Sec. 10.1, entitlement to a distribution from the Fund shall cease upon 
reemployment of a Participant in a regular position by a Participating Employer,
and shall recommence in accordance with the provisions of this Article upon the
Participant's subsequent Termination of Employment.

           Sec. 10.5  Source of Benefits.  All benefits to which persons become
entitled hereunder shall be provided only out of the Fund and only to the extent
that the Fund is adequate therefor.  No benefits are provided under the Plan 
except those expressly described
herein.

           Sec.  10.6  Incompetent  Payee.  If in the  opinion of the  Company a
person  entitled to payments  hereunder  is disabled  from caring for his or her
affairs because of mental or physical condition, or age, payment due such person
may be made to such  person's  guardian,  conservator,  or other legal  personal
representative  upon  furnishing the Company with evidence  satisfactory  to the
Company of such status.  Prior to the furnishing of such  evidence,  the Company
may cause payments due the person under disability to be made, for such person's
use and benefit, to any person or institution then in the opinion of the Company
caring for or maintaining the person under disability. The Company shall have no
liability  with respect to payments so made.  The Company  shall have no duty to
make inquiry as to the  competence  of any person  entitled to receive  payments
hereunder.

           Sec.  10.7  Benefits  May Not Be  Assigned  or  Alienated.  Except as
otherwise  expressly  permitted by the Plan or required by law, the interests of
persons entitled to benefits under the Plan may not in any manner  whatsoever be
assigned or alienated,  whether  voluntarily  or  involuntarily,  or directly or
indirectly.  However,  the Plan shall  comply with the  provisions  of any court
order which the Company  determines is a qualified  domestic  relations order as
defined in Code section  414(p).  Notwithstanding  any provisions in the Plan to
the  contrary,  an  individual  who is entitled to payments  from the Plan as an
"alternate payee" pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order shall receive
a lump sum payment from the Plan as soon as administratively  feasible after the
Valuation  Date  coincident  with or next  following  the date of the  Company's
determination that the order is a qualified domestic relations order, unless the
order specifically provides for payment to be made at a later time.

           Sec.  10.8 Payment of Taxes.  The Funding  Agency may pay any estate,
inheritance,  income,  or other tax, charge,  or assessment  attributable to any
benefit payable  hereunder which in the Funding  Agency's opinion it shall be or
may be required to pay out of such  benefit.  The  Funding  Agency may  require,
before  making  any  payment,  such  release or other  document  from any taxing
authority and such indemnity from the intended payee as the Funding Agency shall
deem necessary for its protection.

           Sec. 10.9  Conditions Precedent.  No person shall be entitled to a 
benefit hereunder until his or her right thereto has been finally determined by
the Company nor until the person has submitted to the Company relevant data 
reasonably requested by the Company, including, but not limited to, proof of 
birth or death.

           Sec. 10.10 Company Directions to Funding Agency.  The Company shall
issue such written directions to the Funding Agency as are necessary to 
accomplish distributions to the Participants and Beneficiaries in accordance 
with the provisions of the Plan.

           Sec. 10.11 Effect on Unemployment  Compensation.  For purposes of any
unemployment compensation law, a distribution hereunder in one sum to the extent
attributable  to employer  contributions,  shall be considered to be a severance
payment  and  shall be  allocated  over a period  of weeks  equal to the one sum
payment  divided by the  employee's  regular  weekly pay while  employed  by the
Participating  Employers,  which period shall commence immediately following the
employee's Termination of Employment.

           Sec. 10.12 Special Distribution Events.  Notwithstanding anything
herein to the contrary, if the agreement between the buyer and the seller in one
of the following types of transaction provides that distributions are to be made
to affected Participants, each such Participant shall receive a distribution of
his or her vested Account balance as soon as administratively feasible after
either of the following events:

      (a)  The  disposition  by  a   Participating   Employer  to  an  unrelated
           corporation of substantially all of the assets (within the meaning of
           Code  section  409(d)(2))  used  in  a  trade  or  business  of  such
           Participating  Employer if such  Participating  Employer continues to
           maintain  this Plan after the  disposition,  but only with respect to
           employees who continue employment with the corporation acquiring such
           assets.

      (b)  The disposition by a Participating  Employer or by an Affiliate to an
           unrelated  entity  of such  corporation's  interest  in a  subsidiary
           (within  the  meaning  of  Code  section   409(d)(3))   which  was  a
           Participating Employer if such corporation continues to maintain this
           Plan, but only with respect to employees who continue employment with
           such subsidiary.

All  distributions  under this  section  are subject to any  applicable  consent
requirements under Sec. 10.1. In addition, distributions under this section must
be made in a lump sum.


<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE XI

                                      FUND
                                      ----

           Sec. 11.1 Composition. All sums of money and all securities and other
property received by the Funding Agency for purposes of the Plan,  together with
all  investments  made  therewith,  the proceeds  thereof,  and all earnings and
accumulations thereon, and the part from time to time remaining shall constitute
the  "Fund".  The  Company  may cause the Fund to be divided  into any number of
parts for investment  purposes or any other purposes  necessary or advisable for
the proper administration of the Plan.

           Sec.  11.2 Funding  Agency.  The Fund may be held and invested as one
fund or may be divided into any number of parts for  investment  purposes.  Each
part of the  Fund,  or the  entire  Fund if it is not  divided  into  parts  for
investment purposes, shall be held and invested by one or more trustees or by an
insurance  company.  The trustee or trustees or the insurance  company so acting
with respect to any part of the Fund is referred to herein as the Funding Agency
with respect to such part of the Fund.  The  selection and  appointment  of each
Funding Agency shall be made by the Company. The Company shall have the right at
any time to remove a Funding  Agency and  appoint a successor  thereto,  subject
only to the terms of any applicable  trust agreement or group annuity  contract.
The Company  shall have the right to  determine  the form and  substance of each
trust  agreement and group annuity  contract under which any part of the Fund is
held,  subject only to the requirement that they are not  inconsistent  with the
provisions of the Plan. Any such trust agreement may contain provisions pursuant
to which the trustee will make investments on direction of a third party.

           Sec. 11.3  Compensation  and Expenses of Funding Agency.  The Funding
Agency  shall be  entitled  to  receive  such  reasonable  compensation  for its
services as may be agreed upon with the Company.  The Funding  Agency shall also
be entitled to reimbursement  for all reasonable and necessary costs,  expenses,
and  disbursements  incurred  by it in the  performance  of its  services.  Such
compensation and reimbursements shall be paid from the Fund if not paid directly
by  the  Participating  Employers  in  such  proportions  as the  Company  shall
determine.

           Sec. 11.4 Funding  Policy.  The Company shall adopt a procedure,  and
revise it from time to time as it shall consider advisable, for establishing and
carrying out a funding policy and method  consistent  with the objectives of the
Plan and the  requirements  of ERISA. It shall advise each Funding Agency of the
funding policy in effect from time to time.

           Sec. 11.5  Securities  and Property of  Participating  Employers.  An
agreement with a Funding Agency may provide that all or any part of the Fund may
be invested in  qualifying  employer  securities  or  qualifying  employer  real
property, as those terms are used in ERISA; provided,  however, that the Company
shall take any steps  necessary to assure that  investments in securities of any
Participating  Employer or any trade or business  entity  directly or indirectly
controlling,  controlled  by,  or  under  Common  Control  with a  Participating
Employer  do not  exceed  those  that can be  acquired  by that part of the Fund
attributable to contributions by Participating  Employers (other than Before-Tax
Contributions),   as  distinguished   from  that  part  of  the  Fund,  if  any,
attributable  to  contributions  by  Participants  or Before-Tax  Contributions,
unless  there  has been  compliance  with any  applicable  securities  laws.  If
qualifying   employer  securities  or  qualifying  employer  real  property  are
purchased or sold as an investment of the Fund from or to a disqualified  person
or party in  interest,  as those  terms  are used in  ERISA,  and if there is no
generally recognized market for such securities or property,  the purchase shall
be for not more than fair  market  value and the sale shall be for not less than
fair market  value,  as  determined  in good faith by the Company or other Named
Fiduciary  assigned such  function,  or if such assets are held in trust and the
trust agreement so provides, as determined in good faith by the trustee.

           Sec. 11.6 No Diversion.  The Fund shall be for the exclusive  purpose
of providing benefits to Participants under the Plan and their beneficiaries and
defraying  reasonable  expenses of  administering  the Plan.  Such  expenses may
include premiums for the bonding of Plan officials required by ERISA. No part of
the corpus or income of the Fund may be used for, or diverted to, purposes other
than for the exclusive  benefit of employees of the  Participating  Employers or
their beneficiaries. Notwithstanding the foregoing:

     (a)  If any  contribution  or portion  thereof  is made by a  Participating
          Employer by a mistake of fact, the Funding Agency shall,  upon written
          request of the Company, return such contribution or portion thereof to
          the  Participating  Employer  within one year after the payment of the
          contribution to the Funding Agency; however,  earnings attributable to
          such  contribution  or portion  thereof  shall not be  returned to the
          Participating  Employer but shall  remain in the Fund,  and the amount
          returned to the Participating  Employer shall be reduced by any losses
          attributable to such contribution or portion thereof.

     (b)  Contributions by the Participating  Employers are conditioned upon the
          deductibility  of each  contribution  under Code  section  404. To the
          extent the deduction is  disallowed,  the Funding  Agency shall return
          such contribution to the Participating  Employer within one year after
          the disallowance of the deduction;  however,  earnings attributable to
          such  contribution  (or  disallowed  portion  thereof)  shall  not  be
          returned to the  Participating  Employer but shall remain in the Fund,
          and the amount returned to the Participating Employer shall be reduced
          by any losses attributable to such contribution (or disallowed portion
          thereof).

     (c)  Contributions by a Participating Employer are conditioned upon initial
          qualification of the Plan as to such Participating Employer under Code
          section 401(a). If the Plan receives an adverse  determination  letter
          from  the  Internal  Revenue  Service  with  respect  to such  initial
          qualification,  the Funding Agency shall,  upon written request of the
          Company,  return the amount of such  contribution to the Participating
          Employer within one year after the date of denial of  qualification of
          the Plan. For this purpose,  the amount to be so returned shall be the
          contributions  actually made,  adjusted for the investment  experience
          of,  and any  expenses  chargeable  against,  the  portion of the Fund
          attributable to the contributions actually made.

In the case of any such  return of  contribution  the  Company  shall cause such
adjustments to be made to the Accounts of  Participants as it considers fair and
equitable under the circumstances resulting in the return of such contribution.


<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE XII

                             ADMINISTRATION OF PLAN
                             ----------------------

           Sec.   12.1   Administration   by   Company.   The   Company  is  the
"administrator" of the Plan for purposes of ERISA. Except as expressly otherwise
provided  herein,  the  Company  shall  control  and  manage the  operation  and
administration  of the Plan and make all decisions and  determinations  incident
thereto.  In carrying  out its Plan  responsibilities,  the  Company  shall have
discretionary authority to construe the terms of the Plan. Except in cases where
the Plan expressly provides to the contrary, action on behalf of the Company may
be taken by any of the following:

      (a)  The Board.

      (b) The chief executive officer of the Company.

      (c)  Any person or persons,  natural or otherwise,  or committee,  to whom
           responsibilities for the operation and administration of the Plan are
           allocated by the Company,  by resolution of the Board or by the chief
           executive  officer  of the  Company,  but  action  of such  person or
           persons or committee shall be within the scope of said allocation.

           Sec. 12.2  Certain Fiduciary Provisions.  For purposes of the Plan:

     (a)  Any  person or group of persons  may serve in more than one  fiduciary
          capacity with respect to the Plan.

     (b)  A Named  Fiduciary,  or a fiduciary  designated  by a Named  Fiduciary
          pursuant to the provisions of the Plan, may employ one or more persons
          to render advice with regard to any responsibility  such fiduciary has
          under the Plan.

     (c)  To the extent  permitted by any  applicable  trust  agreement or group
          annuity  contract  a  Named  Fiduciary  with  respect  to  control  or
          management of the assets of the Plan may appoint an investment manager
          or managers,  as defined in ERISA,  to manage  (including the power to
          acquire and dispose of) any assets of the Plan.

     (d)  At any time the Plan has more than one Named Fiduciary, if pursuant to
          the  Plan  provisions  fiduciary   responsibilities  are  not  already
          allocated among such Named Fiduciaries,  the Company, by action of the
          Board or its chief executive officer, may provide for such allocation;
          except that such allocation shall not include any  responsibility,  if
          any, in a trust  agreement to manage or control the assets of the Plan
          other than a power under the trust  agreement to appoint an investment
          manager as defined in ERISA.

     (e)  Unless  expressly  prohibited in the  appointment of a Named Fiduciary
          which is not the Company acting as provided in Sec.  12.1,  such Named
          Fiduciary  by written  instrument  may  designate  a person or persons
          other  than  such  Named  Fiduciary  to  carry  out  any or all of the
          fiduciary  responsibilities  under the Plan of such  Named  Fiduciary;
          except that such designation shall not include any responsibility,  if
          any, in a trust  agreement to manage or control the assets of the Plan
          other than a power under the trust  agreement to appoint an investment
          manager as defined in ERISA.

     (f)  A person who is a  fiduciary  with  respect to the Plan,  including  a
          Named  Fiduciary,  shall be recognized and treated as a fiduciary only
          with respect to the  particular  fiduciary  functions as to which such
          person has responsibility.

Each Named Fiduciary (other than the Company), each other fiduciary, each person
employed pursuant to (b) above, and each investment manager shall be entitled to
receive reasonable  compensation for services rendered, or for the reimbursement
of expenses  properly and actually  incurred in the  performance of their duties
with the Plan and to payment  therefor from the Fund if not paid directly by the
Participating  Employers in such  proportions  as the Company  shall  determine.
Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  no  person so  serving  who  already  receives
full-time pay from any employer or association of employers  whose employees are
Participants,  or from an employee  organization whose members are Participants,
shall receive  compensation  from the Plan, except for reimbursement of expenses
properly and actually incurred.  Furthermore,  no Participant,  Beneficiary,  or
"alternate payee" under a qualified  domestic relations order who is eligible to
direct the investment of his or her Accounts shall receive any  compensation  or
reimbursement of expenses with respect to such investing.

           Sec. 12.3  Discrimination Prohibited.  No person or persons in 
exercising discretion in the operation and administration of the Plan shall 
discriminate in favor of Highly Compensated Employees.

           Sec. 12.4  Evidence.  Evidence required of anyone under this Plan may
be by certificate, affidavit, document, or other instrument which the person
acting in reliance thereon considers to be pertinent and reliable and to be 
signed, made, or presented to the proper party.

           Sec.  12.5  Correction  of  Errors.  It is  recognized  that  in  the
operation and  administration of the Plan certain  mathematical,  accounting and
other  errors may be made or mistakes  may arise by reason of factual  errors in
information  supplied to the Company or Funding  Agency.  The Company shall have
power to cause such equitable  adjustments to be made to correct for such errors
as the Company in its discretion considers  appropriate.  Such adjustments shall
be final and binding on all  persons.  The  Company may recover any  overpayment
from the person who received it. Any return of a  contribution  due to a mistake
in fact will be subject to Sec. 11.6.

           Sec. 12.6 Records. Each Participating  Employer,  each fiduciary with
respect to the Plan,  and each other  person  performing  any  functions  in the
operation  or  administration  of the Plan or the  management  or control of the
assets of the Plan shall keep such records as may be necessary or appropriate in
the  discharge  of  their  respective  functions  hereunder,  including  records
required by ERISA or any other applicable law. Records shall be retained as long
as  necessary  for the  proper  administration  of the Plan and at least for any
period required by ERISA or other applicable law.

           Sec. 12.7  General Fiduciary Standard.  Each fiduciary shall  
discharge its duties with respect to the Plan solely in the interests of 
Participants and their beneficiaries and with the care, skill, prudence, and
diligence under the circumstances then prevailing that a prudent person acting 
in a like capacity and familiar with such matters would use in the conduct of an
enterprise of a like character and with like aims.

           Sec. 12.8  Prohibited Transactions.  A fiduciary with respect to the
Plan shall not cause the Plan to engage in any prohibited transaction within the
 meaning of ERISA.

           Sec.  12.9 Claims  Procedure.  The Company  shall  establish a claims
procedure consistent with the requirements of ERISA. Such claims procedure shall
provide adequate notice in writing to any Participant or beneficiary whose claim
for benefits under the Plan has been denied,  setting forth the specific reasons
for such denial, written in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant
and shall afford a reasonable opportunity to a claimant whose claim for benefits
has been denied for a full and fair review by the appropriate Named Fiduciary of
the decision denying the claim.

           Sec.  12.10  Bonding.  Plan  personnel  shall be bonded to the extent
required by ERISA.  Premiums for such bonding may, in the sole discretion of the
Company,  be paid in whole or in part from the Fund.  Such  premiums may also be
paid in whole or in part by the  Participating  Employers in such proportions as
the Company  shall  determine.  The Company  may provide by  agreement  with any
person that the premium for required bonding shall be paid by such person.

           Sec. 12.11 Waiver of Notice.  Any notice required hereunder may be 
waived by the person entitled thereto.

           Sec. 12.12 Agent For Legal Process.  The Company shall be the agent 
for service of legal process with respect to any matter concerning the Plan, 
unless and until the Company designates some other person as such agent.

           Sec.  12.13  Indemnification.  In  addition  to any other  applicable
provisions  for  indemnification,   the  Participating   Employers  jointly  and
severally agree to indemnify and hold harmless,  to the extent permitted by law,
each director,  officer, and employee of the Participating Employers against any
and all  liabilities,  losses,  costs,  or  expenses  (including  legal fees) of
whatsoever  kind and nature  which may be imposed on,  incurred  by, or asserted
against  such  person  at any time by  reason  of such  person's  services  as a
fiduciary  in  connection  with the Plan,  but only if such  person  did not act
dishonestly,  or in bad faith, or in willful violation of the law or regulations
under which such liability, loss, cost, or expense arises.


<PAGE>


                                  ARTICLE XIII

                         AMENDMENT, TERMINATION, MERGER
                         ------------------------------

           Sec. 13.1 Amendment.  Subject to the non-diversion provisions of Sec.
11.6, the Company,  by action of the Board,  or by written action of a person so
authorized by  resolution of the Board,  may amend the Plan at any time and from
time to time.  No action by a person  other than the Board shall be an amendment
of the Plan unless it specifically references the Plan and states that it alters
the terms or  conditions  of the Plan.  No  amendment of the Plan shall have the
effect of changing the rights,  duties,  and  liabilities  of any Funding Agency
without its written  consent.  Also, no amendment  shall divest a Participant or
Beneficiary   of  Accounts   accrued  prior  to  the  amendment  or  decrease  a
Participant's  accrued  benefit  except to the extent  permitted by Code section
411(d)(6).

     (a)  Promptly upon adoption of any amendment to the Plan,  the Company will
          furnish  a  copy  of  the  amendment,   together  with  a  certificate
          evidencing its due adoption, as follows:

           (1) To each Funding Agency then acting.

           (2)   To any other  Participating  Employer  that is not under Common
                 Control with the Company.  The amendment  shall be effective as
                 to such a  Participating  Employer  and its  employees  unless,
                 within 30 days of receipt of the  certificate  it notifies  the
                 Company  and  each  Funding   Agency  in  writing  that  it  is
                 discontinuing  its joint  participation in the Plan pursuant to
                 Sec.
                 13.8.

     (b   If an  amendment  to the  Plan  that  is  effective  for a  Plan  Year
          beginning  after 1988 changes the vesting  schedule of the Plan,  each
          Participant  having not less than three years of service by the end of
          the election  period with respect to such amendment shall be permitted
          within  such  election  period  to  elect  to have  his or her  vested
          percentage  computed under the Plan without regard to such  amendment.
          Each  election  shall be made in  writing by filing  with the  Company
          within the election  period a form  available from the Company for the
          purpose.  The election period shall be a reasonable  period determined
          by the Company  commencing  not later than the date the  amendment  is
          adopted and shall be in  conformance  with any  applicable  regulation
          prescribed by the Secretary of Labor or the Secretary of the Treasury.
          Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  no election need be provided for any
          Participant whose vested percentage under the Plan, as amended, cannot
          at any time be less  than the  vested  percentage  determined  without
          regard to such amendment.

           Sec. 13.2 Permanent Discontinuance of Contributions.  The Company, by
action of the Board, may completely discontinue  contributions in support of the
Plan  by  all  Participating  Employers.  In  such  event,  notwithstanding  any
provisions  of the  Plan  to  the  contrary,  (i) no  employee  shall  become  a
Participant  after  such  discontinuance,  (ii) any  amount  held in the  Plan's
Forfeiture  Account  shall be applied as provided in Sec.  5.2(c) or to pay Plan
expenses,  and (iii) the  Accounts of each  Participant  which have not become a
Forfeiture  prior to the date of such  discontinuance  shall be  nonforfeitable.
Subject to the  foregoing,  all of the  provisions of the Plan shall continue in
effect, and upon entitlement  thereto  distributions shall be made in accordance
with the provisions of Article X.

           Sec.  13.3  Termination.  The  Company,  by action of the Board,  may
terminate  the Plan as  applicable  to all  Participating  Employers  and  their
employees.  After such  termination no employee  shall become a Participant,  no
further  contributions  shall be made and any  amount in the  Plan's  Forfeiture
Account shall be applied as provided in Sec. 5.2(c) or to pay Plan expenses. The
Accounts of each  Participant  which have not become a  Forfeiture  prior to the
date of such termination shall be nonforfeitable, distributions shall be made to
Participants,  Beneficiaries and alternate payees promptly after the termination
of the Plan,  but not  before the  earliest  date  permitted  under the Code and
applicable  regulations,  and the Plan and any related trust  agreement or group
annuity  contract  shall  continue  in force  for the  purpose  of  making  such
distributions.

           Sec. 13.4 Partial  Termination.  If there is a partial termination of
the Plan, either by operation of law, by amendment of the Plan, or for any other
reason,  which partial  termination shall be confirmed by the Company,  any then
existing  Account of a Participant  who was in the  classification  of employees
with  respect to which the  partial  termination  occurs  which has not become a
Forfeiture prior to the date of the partial termination shall be nonforfeitable.
Subject to the  foregoing,  all of the  provisions of the Plan shall continue in
effect as to each such Participant,  and upon entitlement thereto  distributions
shall be made in accordance with the provisions of Article X.

           Sec. 13.5 Merger,  Consolidation,  or Transfer of Plan Assets. In the
case of any merger or  consolidation  of the Plan with any other plan, or in the
case of the  transfer  of assets or  liabilities  of the Plan to any other plan,
provision  shall be made so that each  Participant,  Beneficiary  and  alternate
payee would (if such other plan then terminated)  receive a benefit  immediately
after the merger,  consolidation,  or transfer which is equal to or greater than
the benefit he or she would have been entitled to receive immediately before the
merger,  consolidation,  or transfer (if the Plan had then terminated).  No such
merger, consolidation,  or transfer shall be effected until such statements with
respect thereto,  if any,  required by ERISA to be filed in advance thereof have
been filed.

           Sec. 13.6 Deferral of Distributions.  Notwithstanding  any provisions
of the  Plan to the  contrary,  in the  case  of a  complete  discontinuance  of
contributions  to the Plan or of a complete or partial  termination of the Plan,
the Company or the Funding Agency may defer any distribution of benefit payments
to Participants and Beneficiaries  with respect to which such  discontinuance or
termination  applies  (except for  distributions  which are  required to be made
under Sec. 10.1) until after the following have occurred:

      (a)  Receipt of a final  determination from the Treasury Department or any
           court  of  competent   jurisdiction  regarding  the  effect  of  such
           discontinuance  or  termination  on the qualified  status of the Plan
           under Code section 401(a).

      (b)  Appropriate  adjustment  of Accounts  to reflect  taxes,  costs,  and
           expenses, if any, incident to such discontinuance or termination.

           Sec. 13.7  Reorganizations of Participating  Employers.  In the event
two or more  Participating  Employers are consolidated or merged or in the event
one or more Participating Employers acquires the assets of another Participating
Employer,  the Plan shall be deemed to have continued,  without  termination and
without a complete discontinuance of contributions,  as to all the Participating
Employers involved in such reorganization and their employees. In such event, in
administering  the Plan the corporation  resulting from the  consolidation,  the
surviving  corporation in the merger, or the employer acquiring the assets shall
be considered as a continuation of all of the Participating  Employers  involved
in the reorganization.

           Sec. 13.8  Discontinuance  of Joint  Participation of a Participating
Employer.  The Company,  by action of the Board or the President of the Company,
may discontinue  the joint  participation  in the Plan by another  Participating
Employer.  A  Participating  Employer which is not under Common Control with the
Company  may  discontinue  its  joint  participation  in the Plan with the other
Participating  Employers by action of its board of directors and on  appropriate
written notice to the Company and each Funding Agency then acting.

     (a)  If the  Company  determines  in its  sole  discretion  to spin off the
          portion of the Plan  attributable  to the  withdrawing  employer,  the
          Company shall cause a  determination  to be made of the equitable part
          of the Fund assets held on account of  Participants of the withdrawing
          employer and their Beneficiaries. The Company shall direct the Funding
          Agency or  Funding  Agencies  to  transfer  assets  representing  such
          equitable  part to a  separate  fund for the  plan of the  withdrawing
          employer.  Such  withdrawing  employer may thereafter  exercise,  with
          respect to such separate fund,  all the rights and powers  reserved to
          the  Company  with  respect to the Fund.  The plan of the  withdrawing
          employer shall,  until amended by the withdrawing  employer,  continue
          with the same terms as the Plan  herein,  except that with  respect to
          the separate plan of the withdrawing employer the words "Participating
          Employer",  "Participating  Employers", and "Company" shall thereafter
          be  considered  to refer only to the  withdrawing  employer.  Any such
          spinoff  shall be effected in such  manner  that each  Participant  or
          Beneficiary  would  (if  the  Plan  and the  plan  of the  withdrawing
          employer then immediately terminated) receive a benefit which is equal
          to or greater than the benefit the individual would have been entitled
          to  receive  immediately  before  such  spinoff  if the  Plan had then
          terminated.  No transfer of assets  pursuant to this section  shall be
          effected until such statements with respect thereto,  if any, required
          by ERISA to be filed in advance thereof have been filed.

      (b)  If subsection (a) does not apply, the Accounts of Participants of the
           withdrawing  employer and their  Beneficiaries  shall  continue to be
           held in the Plan for  distribution  in accordance with the provisions
           hereof.

           Sec.  13.9  Participating  Employers Not Under Common  Control.  If a
Participating  Employer  is not  under  Common  Control  with the  Company,  the
provisions of the Plan (other than this Article XIII) shall be applied as though
a separate  plan is being  maintained  for that  Participating  Employer  to the
extent required by Code section 413(c).


<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE XIV

                            TOP-HEAVY PLAN PROVISIONS
                            -------------------------
  
           Sec. 14.1  Key Employee Defined.  "Key Employee" means any employee 
or former employee of the employer who at any time during the determination
period was an officer of the employer or is deemed to have had an ownership 
interest in the employer and who is within the definition of key employee in
Code section 416(i).  "Non-Key Employee" means any employee who is not a Key 
Employee.

           Sec. 14.2  Determination of Top-Heavy Status.  The top-heavy status 
of the Plan shall be determined according to Code section 416 and the 
regulations thereunder, using the following standards and definitions:

      (a)  The  Plan is a  Top-Heavy  Plan  for a Plan  Year  if  either  of the
following applies:

           (1)   If this Plan is not part of a  required  aggregation  group and
                 the top-heavy ratio for this Plan exceeds 60 percent.

           (2)   If this Plan is part of a required  aggregation  group of plans
                 and the  top-heavy  ratio  for the  group of plans  exceeds  60
                 percent.

           Notwithstanding  paragraphs  (1) and  (2)  above,  the  Plan is not a
           Top-Heavy  Plan  with  respect  to a Plan  Year  if it is  part  of a
           permissive  aggregation  group of plans for which the top-heavy ratio
           does not exceed 60 percent.

      (b) The "top-heavy ratio" shall be determined as follows:

           (1)   If the  employer  maintains  one or more  defined  contribution
                 plans (including any simplified  employee pension plan) and has
                 not maintained any defined benefit plan which during the 5-year
                 period ending on the determination  date has or has had accrued
                 benefits, the top-heavy ratio for this Plan or for the required
                 or permissive aggregation group (as appropriate) is a fraction,
                 the  numerator  of which is the sum of the account  balances of
                 all  Key   Employees   under  the  Plan  or  plans  as  of  the
                 determination  date  (including any part of any account balance
                 distributed in the five-year period ending on the determination
                 date),  and the  denominator of which is the sum of the account
                 balances (including any part of any account balance distributed
                 in the five-year  period ending on the  determination  date) of
                 all employees  under the Plan or plans as of the  determination
                 date. Both the numerator and denominator of the top-heavy ratio
                 shall be  increased  to reflect any  contribution  not actually
                 made as of the  determination  date but which is required to be
                 taken into  account on that date under Code section 416 and the
                 regulations thereunder.

           (2)   If the  employer  maintains  one or more  defined  contribution
                 plans  (including  any  simplified  employee  pension plan) and
                 maintains or has maintained  one or more defined  benefit plans
                 which during the 5-year period ending on the determination date
                 has or has had any accrued  benefits,  the top-heavy  ratio for
                 any required or permissive  aggregation group (as appropriate),
                 is a fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of the account
                 balances  of all Key  Employees  under the  aggregated  defined
                 contribution plan or plans,  determined  according to paragraph
                 (1) above, and the present value of accrued benefits of all Key
                 Employees  under the  defined  benefit  plan or plans as of the
                 determination  date, and the denominator of which is the sum of
                 such account  balances of all  employees  under the  aggregated
                 defined  contribution  plan or plans and the  present  value of
                 accrued  benefits of all  employees  under the defined  benefit
                 plan  or  plans  as of  the  determination  date.  The  account
                 balances  and  accrued  benefits  in  both  the  numerator  and
                 denominator of the top-heavy ratio shall be adjusted to reflect
                 any  distributions  made in the five-year  period ending on the
                 determination  date and any  contributions due but unpaid as of
                 the determination date.

           (3)   For  purposes of  paragraphs  (1) and (2), the value of account
                 balances  and the  present  value of accrued  benefits  will be
                 determined  as of the most  recent  valuation  date that  falls
                 within the 12-month  period ending on the  determination  date,
                 except as  provided  in Code  section  416 and the  regulations
                 thereunder  for the first and  second  plan  years of a defined
                 benefit plan. The account  balances and accrued  benefits of an
                 employee  (i)  who  is not a Key  Employee  but  who  was a Key
                 Employee  in a prior  year,  or (ii) who has not been  credited
                 with at least one hour of service with any employer maintaining
                 the Plan at any time  during  the 5-year  period  ending on the
                 determination date, will be disregarded. The calculation of the
                 top-heavy   ratio  and  the  extent  to  which   distributions,
                 rollovers, and transfers are taken into account will be made in
                 accordance   with  Code   section   416  and  the   regulations
                 thereunder.  When  aggregating  plans,  the  value  of  account
                 balances and accrued benefits will be calculated with reference
                 to the  determination  dates that fall within the same calendar
                 year.

      (c)  "Required  aggregation  group" means (i) each  qualified  plan of the
           employer in which at least one Key Employee  participates in the Plan
           Year containing the determination  date, or any of the four preceding
           Plan Years,  and (ii) any other  qualified  plan of the employer that
           enables  a plan  described  in (i) to meet the  requirements  of Code
           sections 401(a)(4) and 410.

      (d)  "Permissive  aggregation group" means the required  aggregation group
           of plans plus any other  plan or plans of the  employer  which,  when
           consolidated as a group with the required  aggregation  group,  would
           continue to satisfy the  requirements of Code sections  401(a)(4) and
           410.

      (e)  "Determination date" means, for any Plan Year subsequent to the first
           Plan Year,  the last day of the  preceding  Plan Year.  For the first
           Plan Year of the Plan, the last day of that year is the determination
           date.

      (f)  The "determination  period" for a Plan Year is the Plan Year in which
           the applicable  determination date occurs and the four preceding Plan
           Years.

      (g)  The  "valuation  date" is the last day of each  Plan  Year and is the
           date as of which account  balances or accrued benefits are valued for
           purposes of calculating the top-heavy ratio.

      (h)  For purposes of establishing  the "present value" of benefits under a
           defined  benefit  plan to compute the  top-heavy  ratio,  any benefit
           shall be  discounted  only for  mortality  and interest  based on the
           interest rate and mortality  table  specified in the defined  benefit
           plan for this purpose.

      (i)  If an individual  has not performed  services for the employer at any
           time during the  five-year  period ending on the  determination  date
           with respect to a Plan Year, any account  balance or accrued  benefit
           for such  individual  shall not be taken into  account  for such Plan
           Year.

      (j)  For purposes of determining  if a defined  benefit plan included in a
           required  aggregation  group  of  which  this  Plan  is a  part  is a
           Top-Heavy Plan, the accrued benefit to any employee (other than a Key
           Employee) shall be determined as follows:

           (1)   Under the method which is used for accrual  purposes  under all
                 defined benefit plans maintained by the employer.

           (2)   If there is no method  described in  paragraph  (1), as if such
                 benefit  accrued not more rapidly than the lowest  accrual rate
                 permitted under Code section 411(b)(1)(C).

           Sec. 14.3  Minimum Contribution Requirement.  For any Plan Year with 
respect to which the Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan, the employer contributions and 
Forfeitures allocated to each Active Participant who is not a Key Employee and
whose Termination of Employment has not occurred prior to the end of such Plan 
Year shall not be less than the minimum amount determined in accordance with the
following:

      (a)  The minimum  amount shall be the amount equal to that  percentage  of
           the Participant's Compensation for the Plan Year which is the smaller
           of:

           (1)   3 percent.

           (2)   The percentage which is the largest  percentage of Compensation
                 allocated to any Key Employee from employer  contributions  and
                 Forfeitures for such Plan Year.

          For  purposes  of  this  section,  "Compensation"  means  the  amounts
          specified in Sec. 6.1(f), subject to the limitation in Sec. 2.6(c).

      (b)  For purposes of this section, any employer contribution  attributable
           to a salary  reduction  or  similar  arrangement  shall be taken into
           account. Any employer contribution attributable to a salary reduction
           or  similar  arrangement  (including  Before-Tax   Contributions  and
           Matching  Contributions  under  this Plan) may not be used to satisfy
           the minimum amount of employer  contributions which must be allocated
           under subsection (a).

      (c)  This section shall not apply to any  Participant who is covered under
           any other plan of the employer  under which the minimum  contribution
           or minimum benefit requirement  applicable to Top-Heavy Plans will be
           satisfied.

           Sec. 14.4  Participation under Defined Benefit Plan and Defined
Contribution Plan.  If a Participant is also a participant in a defined benefit 
plan maintained by the employer, with respect to any Plan Year for which the 
Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan, Sec. 6.1(d) shall be applied:

     (a)  By  substituting  "1.0" for "1.25" in paragraphs  (2)(B) and (3)(B) of
          Code section 415(e).

     (b)  By   substituting    "$41,500"   for   "$51,875"   in   Code   section
          415(e)(6)(B)(i).

The foregoing  provisions of this section shall be suspended with respect to any
individual  so long as there  are no  employer  contributions,  forfeitures,  or
voluntary  nondeductible  contributions  allocated  to such  individual,  and no
defined  benefit plan  accruals for such  individual,  either under this Plan or
under any other plan that is in a required  aggregation  group of plans,  within
the meaning of Code section 416(g)(2)(A)(i), that includes this Plan.

           Sec. 14.5  Definition of Employer.  For purposes of this Article XIV,
the term "employer" means all Participating Employers and any trade or business
entity under Common Control with a Participating Employer.

           Sec. 14.6  Exception For  Collective  Bargaining  Unit.  Section 14.3
shall not apply with  respect to any  employee  included in a unit of  employees
covered by an  agreement  which the  Secretary of Labor finds to be a collective
bargaining agreement between employee  representatives and one or more employers
if there is evidence  that  retirement  benefits  were the subject of good faith
bargaining between such employee representative and such employer or employers.


<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE XV

                            MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
                            ------------------------

           Sec. 15.1 Insurance  Company Not Responsible for Validity of Plan. No
insurance  company  that  issues  a  contract  under  the  Plan  shall  have any
responsibility  for the validity of the Plan.  An insurance  company to which an
application  may be submitted  hereunder may accept such  application  and shall
have no duty to make any investigation or inquiry regarding the authority of the
applicant to make such application or any amendment  thereto or to inquire as to
whether a person on whose life any  contract is to be issued is entitled to such
contract under the Plan.

           Sec. 15.2  Headings.  Headings at the beginning of articles and 
sections hereof 
are for convenience of reference, shall not be considered a part of the text of 
the Plan, and shall not influence its construction.

           Sec. 15.3  Capitalized Definitions.  Capitalized terms used in the
Plan shall have their meaning as defined in the Plan unless the context clearly
indicates to the contrary.

           Sec. 15.4  Gender.  Any references to the masculine gender include
the feminine and vice versa.

           Sec. 15.5  Use of Compounds of Word "Here".  Use of the words
"hereof", "herein", "hereunder", or similar compounds of the word "here" shall 
mean and refer to the entire Plan unless the context clearly indicates to the
 contrary.

           Sec. 15.6  Construed as a Whole.  The provisions of the Plan shall be
construed as a whole in such manner as to carry out the provisions thereof and 
shall not be construed separately without relation to the context.



Dated: September 14, 1998            PIONEER HI-BRED INTERNATIONAL, INC.

                                     
                                     /s/  Joseph G.(Joe) Dollison
                                     By:  Joseph G.(Joe) Dollison
                                     Its  Treasurer







<PAGE>


                           THIRD RESTATED AND AMENDED
                            ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
                     OF PIONEER HI-BRED INTERNATIONAL, INC.


TO THE SECRETARY OF STATE OF THE STATE OF IOWA:

        Pursuant to the  provisions  of Section  490.1007  of the Iowa  Business
Corporation Act, Chapter 490, Code of Iowa, the undersigned  Corporation  adopts
the following Third Restated and Amended Articles of Incorporation

                                    ARTICLE I

        The name of the  corporation  shall be  PIONEER  HI-BRED  INTERNATIONAL,
INC.,  and its principal  place of business  shall be in the City of Des Moines,
Polk County, Iowa.

                                   ARTICLE II

        The duration of the Corporation's existence hereunder is perpetual.

                                   ARTICLE III

        The purpose or purposes for which the Corporation is organized are: This
Corporation  shall  have  unlimited  power to engage in and to do any lawful act
concerning any or all lawful businesses for which  corporations may be organized
under Chapter 490 of the Code of Iowa.

                                   ARTICLE IV

        A. The aggregate amount of authorized  capital stock of this Corporation
shall be  $l50,000,000  divided into (i) 150,000,000  shares,  consisting of one
class  designated  as common and having a par value of One  Dollar  ($1.00)  per
share, and (ii) 10,000,000 shares,  consisting of one class designated as serial
preferred without par value.

        B. 1. Each  outstanding  share of common stock shall  entitle the holder
thereof to five votes on each matter properly submitted to the holders of shares
of common stock for their vote, consent, waiver, release or other action; except
that no holder  shall be  entitled  to  exercise  more than one vote on any such
matter in respect of any share of common  stock with  respect to which there has
been a  change  in  beneficial  ownership  during  the  thirty-six  (36)  months
immediately  preceding  the  date  on  which  a  determination  is  made  of the
shareholders who are entitled to take any such action.

               2. A change in beneficial  ownership of an  outstanding  share of
common stock shall be deemed to have  occurred  whenever a change  occurs in any
person or group of persons who,  directly or  indirectly,  through any contract,
arrangement,  understanding,  relationship or otherwise has or shares (i) voting
power,  which includes the power to vote, or to direct the voting of such share;
(ii)  investment  power,  which  includes  the power to direct the sale or other
disposition of such share;  (iii) the right to receive or retain the proceeds of
any sale or other  disposition  of such share;  or (iv) the right to receive any
distributions, including cash dividends, in respect of such share.

                      a. In the absence of proof to the contrary  provided in
accordance  with the procedures  referred to in subparagraph (4) of this
paragraph B, a change in beneficial ownership shall be deemed to have occurred
 whenever a share of common
stock is transferred of record into the name of any other person.

                      b. In the case of a share of  common  stock  held of  
record in the name of a corporation,  general  partnership,  limited  
partnership,  voting trustee, bank, trust company,  broker,  nominee or clearing
agency,  or in any other name except  a  natural  person,  if it has not  been  
established  pursuant  to such procedures that there has been no change in the
person or persons who direct the exercise  of the  rights  referred  to in 
clauses  2(i)  through  2(iv) of this paragraph  with  respect  to such  share 
of common  stock  during  the period of thirty-six  months  immediately  
preceding the date on which a determination  is made of the  shareholders who 
are entitled to take any action (or since November 14, 1985 for any period 
ending on or before November 14, 1988), then a change in beneficial ownership
 shall be deemed to have occurred during such period.

                      c. In the case of a share of  common  stock  held of  
record in the name of any person as trustee,  agent,  guardian or custodian
under the Uniform Gifts to Minors Act as in effect in any state, a change in
beneficial  ownership shall be deemed to have occurred whenever there is a 
change in the beneficiary of such trust,  the principal of such agent,  the ward
of such guardian or the minor for whom such custodian is acting or in such 
trustee, agent, guardian or custodian. 

               3. Notwithstanding  anything in this paragraph B to the contrary,
no change in beneficial  ownership  shall be deemed to have occurred solely as a
result of:

                      a.     any event that  occurred  prior to  November  14,  
1985 or pursuant to the terms of any  contract  (other than a contract  for the
purchase and sale of shares of common stock contemplating  prompt settlement),  
including contracts   providing   for  options,   rights  of  first  refusal and
similar arrangements  in existence on such date to which any holder of shares of
common stock is a party;

                      b.     any transfer of any  interest in shares of common 
stock  pursuant to a  bequest  or  inheritance,  by  operation  of law  upon the
death of any individual,  or  by any other transfer without valuable 
consideration, including a gift that is made in good faith and not for the  
purpose of  circumventing  this Article IV;

                      c.     any change in the beneficiary of any trust,  or any
distribution of a share of common stock from trust, by reason of the birth,  
death,  marriage or divorce of any natural  person,  the adoption of any natural
person prior to age 18 or the passage of a given period of time or the 
attainment by any natural person of a specific age, or the creation or 
termination of any  guardianship or custodial arrangement;

                      d.     any  appointment  of a  successor  trustee,  agent,
guardian  or custodian  with respect to a share of common stock if neither such 
successor has nor its  predecessor had the power to vote or to dispose of such 
share of common stock  without  further   instructions  from  others,  whose  
identities  remain unchanged;

                      e.     any  change  in  the   person  to  whom   dividends
or  other distributions  in respect to a share of common  stock are to be paid  
pursuant to the issuance or modification of a revocable dividend payment order; 
or

                      f.     except as provided in  subparagraph  (5) of this
paragraph B, any issuance of a share of common  stock by the  Corporation or any
 transfer by the Corporation  of a share of common  stock  held in  treasury,  
(i.e.,  the person acquiring  the share  shall be deemed on the date of issuance
or transfer by the Corporation to have  continuously  beneficially  owned such 
share for thirty-six (36) months),  unless otherwise determined by the Board of
Directors at the time of authorizing such issuance or transfer.

               4.  For  purposes  of  this   paragraph  B,  all   determinations
concerning changes in beneficial  ownership,  or the absence of any such change,
shall be made by the Corporation. Written procedures designed to facilitate such
determinations  shall be established by the Corporation and refined from time to
time. Such procedures shall provide,  among other things, the manner of proof of
facts  that will be  accepted  and the  frequency  with  which such proof may be
required to be renewed. The Corporation and any transfer agent shall be entitled
to rely on all information  concerning  beneficial ownership of the common stock
coming to their attention from any source and in any manner reasonably deemed by
them to be reliable, but neither the Corporation nor any transfer agent shall be
charged with any other  knowledge  concerning  the  beneficial  ownership of the
common stock.

               5. In the event of any stock split or stock dividend with respect
to the common stock, each share of common stock acquired by reason of such split
or dividend shall be deemed to have been  beneficially  owned by the same person
continuously  from the same date as that on which  beneficial  ownership  of the
share of common  stock,  with  respect to which  such share of common  stock was
distributed, was acquired.

               6. Each share of common stock, whether at any particular time the
holder thereof is entitled to exercise five votes for one, shall be identical to
all other shares of common stock in all other respects,  and together all of the
common shares shall constitute a single class of shares of the Corporation.

               7.  Notwithstanding  any  provision  in this  paragraph  B to the
contrary,  if at any time the common stock will be  ineligible  for inclusion on
the National  Market System of the National  Association of Securities  Dealers,
Inc.  Automated  Quotation  System (or such other  similar  automated  quotation
system as may  exist at the  time) so long as some but not all  shares of common
stock have five  votes per share,  then,  upon a  determination  by the Board of
Directors  that the  provisions  of this  paragraph  B no longer are in the best
interests  of  the  shareholders,  and  without  any  shareholder  action,  each
outstanding  share of common stock shall entitle the holder  thereof to one vote
on each matter properly submitted  thereafter to the holders of common stock for
their vote, consent, waiver, release or other action.

        C. The  preferences,  voting rights,  if any,  limitations  and relative
rights of the serial preferred stock are as follows:

               1. The  holders  of the  preferred  stock  shall be  entitled  to
receive dividends when and as declared by the Board of Directors at such rate as
shall be fixed by  resolution  of the Board of Directors as hereafter  provided,
which dividends  shall be cumulative,  before any dividends shall be paid or set
apart for payment on the common stock.  The holders of the preferred stock shall
have no rights to share in any dividend or  distribution of profits or assets of
the  Corporation,  whether in the form of cash,  stock  dividend  or  otherwise,
except to the extent specifically  provided herein or in said resolutions of the
Board of Directors.

               2. In the event of any liquidation,  dissolution or winding up of
the Corporation, the holders of the preferred stock shall be entitled to be paid
such  amounts  as shall be fixed by  resolution  of the Board of  Directors,  as
hereafter  provided,  before any amount shall be paid on the common stock. After
the payment to the holders of the  preferred  stock of all such amounts to which
they are entitled  pursuant to said  resolutions of the Board of Directors,  the
remaining  assets and funds of the Corporation  shall be divided and paid to the
holders  of  common  stock.  Neither  the  consolidation  nor the  merger of the
Corporation  with  or  into  any  other  corporation  or  corporations,   nor  a
reorganization  of the  Corporation  alone,  nor  the  sale or  transfer  by the
Corporation  of  all  or any  part  of  its  assets,  shall  be  deemed  to be a
liquidation,  dissolution  or winding up of the  Corporation  for the purpose of
this subparagraph (2).

               3. The preferred stock shall be subject to redemption in whole or
in part at such price and at such time and place and in such manner as the Board
of Directors shall determine.

               4.  Each  share of  preferred  stock  shall be  entitled  to such
privileges of  conversion,  if any, as are provided and declared by the Board of
Directors at such time as the issue of which it is a part is  established by the
Board of Directors.

                      The  preferred  stock may be  issued  from time to time in
series.
Authority is hereby expressly granted to the Board of Directors to authorize one
or more series of preferred  stock and to fix the number of shares to constitute
such series and  distinctive  designations  thereof  and,  with  respect to each
series of preferred stock, to fix by resolution or resolutions providing for the
issuance of such series such  variations in respect thereof as may be determined
by the Board of Directors.  All shares of every series of preferred  stock shall
be alike in every  particular,  and all  series  of  preferred  stock  hereafter
created  shall rank equally and be identical in all  respects,  except as to the
following  rights and  preferences  which may  constitute  variations as between
different series of preferred stock:

                      a.      The rate of the dividend on the shares of such 
series;

                      b.     The price at,  and the terms and  conditions  upon 
which  shares may be redeemed;

                      c.     The  amount  payable  upon  shares  in the event of
involuntary liquidation;

                      d.     The  amount  payable  upon  shares  in  the  event 
of  voluntary liquidation;

                      e.     Sinking  fund  provisions  for  the  redemption  or
 purchase  of shares;

                      f.     The terms and  conditions  on which shares may be  
converted,  if the shares of any series are issued with the privilege of
conversion; and

                      g.     Voting rights, if any.

        D. The  holder of any share of such  common  or serial  preferred  stock
shall  have no  preemptive  rights  to  acquire  any  additional  shares  of the
Corporation or to acquire any treasury stock of the Corporation.

                                    ARTICLE V

        A. The number of  directors  of the  Corporation  shall be not less than
twelve (12) and not greater than sixteen (16),  and,  effective as of the annual
meeting of  shareholders  in 1982, the Board of Directors  shall be divided into
three classes, designated Class I, Class II and Class III. Such classes shall be
as nearly equal in number as possible.  The term of directors of one class shall
extend  to each  annual  meeting  of  shareholders  and in all  cases as to each
director,  until his successor shall be elected and shall qualify,  or until his
earlier  resignation,  removal  from  office,  death or  incapacity.  Additional
directorships  resulting  from an  increase  in  number  of  directors  shall be
apportioned among the classes as equally as possible. The initial term of office
of directors of Class I shall extend to the annual  meeting of  shareholders  in
1983,  that of Class II shall extend to the annual  meeting in 1984, and that of
Class III shall  extend to the annual  meeting  in 1985,  and in all cases as to
each director  until his  successor  shall be elected and shall qualify or until
his earlier  resignation,  removal from  office,  death or  incapacity.  At each
annual meeting of  shareholders,  the number of directors equal to the number of
directors of the class whose term  extends to the time of such meeting  shall be
elected to hold office until the third succeeding annual meeting of shareholders
after their  election.  The Board of Directors  may, upon a majority vote of its
members,  increase or  decrease  the number of  directors  within the limits set
forth above. Vacancies in the Board of Directors or new directorships created by
an increase in the number of directors  shall be filled by majority  vote of the
remaining  members  of  the  Board  and  the  person  filling  such  vacancy  or
newly-created  directorship  shall serve out the  remainder  of the term for the
vacated directorship or, in the case of a new directorship,  the term designated
for the class of directors of which that directorship is a part.

        B. The  shareholders  may at any time at a meeting  expressly called for
that purpose  remove any or all of the directors,  only for cause,  by a vote of
two-thirds of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors.  For
purposes of this Article, removal "for cause" shall mean that the director to be
removed has been convicted of a felony by a court of competent  jurisdiction and
such  conviction is no longer subject to direct appeal,  or that the director to
be removed has been  adjudged to be liable for  negligence  or misconduct in the
performance of his duty to the Corporation by a court of competent  jurisdiction
and such adjudication is no longer subject to direct appeal.

        C. This  Article V may not be amended,  altered or repealed  without the
approval  of  two-thirds  of the  shares  entitled  to  vote  at the  time  such
amendment, alteration or repeal is proposed.

                                   ARTICLE VI

        The Board of Directors of this Corporation shall have the power to adopt
a corporate seal which shall be the corporate seal of this Corporation.

                                   ARTICLE VII

        The private property of the  shareholders of this  Corporation  shall at
all times be  exempt  from  liability  of  corporate  debts of any kind and this
Article shall not be amended or repealed.


<PAGE>



                                  ARTICLE VIII

        In  the  event  that  any  shareholder  shall  become  indebted  to  the
Corporation,  the Corporation shall have a lien upon any shares of stock in this
Corporation owned by such shareholder for the full amount of such indebtedness.

                                   ARTICLE IX

        Stock in this  Corporation  shall be transferred only by assignment upon
the  books  of  the  Corporation,   subject  to  and  in  accordance  with  such
restrictions as may be provided in the by-laws of this Corporation.

                                    ARTICLE X

        To the fullest extent permitted by the Iowa Business  Corporation Act as
the same now exists or may hereafter be amended,  a director of the  Corporation
shall not be liable to the Corporation or its stock-holders for monetary damages
for breach of fiduciary duty as a director.  Any repeal or  modification of this
ARTICLE  X by  the  stockholders  of  the  Corporation  only  shall  be  applied
prospectively,  to the extent that such repeal or modification would, if applied
retrospectively,  adversely affect any limitation on the personal liability of a
director  of the  Corporation  existing  immediately  prior  to such  repeal  or
modification.

        The above Third Restated and Amended  Articles of  Incorporation  do not
contain an amendment  requiring the approval of the Corporation's  shareholders,
and  were  unanimously  adopted  by the  Corporation's  Board  of  Directors  on
September 9, 1996.

Dated this 15th day of January, 1997.


                                            PIONEER HI-BRED INTERNATIONAL, INC.
SEAL

                                            /s/    Jerry L. Chicoine
                                            By:    Jerry L. Chicoine
                                            Title: Senior Vice President, 
                                                       CFO & Secretary

STATE OF IOWA, COUNTY OF POLK:SS

        On this 15th day of January, 1997, before me, a notary public in and for
the State of Iowa,  personally  appeared  Jerry L.  Chicoine,  to me  personally
known,  who being by me duly sworn do say that he is the Senior Vice  President,
CFO and Secretary, respectively of said corporation, that the corporate seal has
been affixed to this document and that said Third Restated and Amended  Articles
of  Incorporation  were signed on behalf of said corporation by authority of its
Board of Directors and the said Jerry L. Chicoine  acknowledges the execution of
said  instrument  to be the  voluntary  act and deed of said  corporation  by it
voluntarily executed.

                                               /s/    Susan E. Griggs
                                               By:    Susan E. Griggs
                                                      Notary Public in and 
                                                       for the State of Iowa




<PAGE>


                          Form of Articles of Amendment
                                     of the
                     Third Restated and Amended Articles of Incorporation
                     of Pioneer Hi-Bred International, Inc.



To the Secretary of State of the State of Iowa:

        Pursuant to the  provisions  of Section  490.1006  of the Iowa  Business
Corporation  Act, the undersigned  corporation  hereby amends its Third Restated
and Amended Articles of Incorporation (the "Articles of Incorporation"), and for
that purpose, submits the following statement:

        1.  The name of the corporation is Pioneer Hi-Bred International, Inc. 
(the "Corporation).

        2.  On December  13,  1996,  the Corporation adopted an amendment to its
            Articles of Incorporation, the text of which is  attached  hereto as
            Exhibit A.

        3.The  amendment  was duly  adopted  by the board of  directors  without
          shareholder approval, as shareholder approval is not required pursuant
          to Section 490.602 of the Iowa Business Corporation Act.

Date:    February 3, 1997


                                    Pioneer Hi-Bred International, Inc.


                                    /s/     Charles S. Johnson
                                    By:     Charles S. Johnson
                                    Title:  Chairman, President and CEO





<PAGE>

                                                              EXHIBIT "A"

                       DESIGNATION, PREFERENCES AND RIGHTS
                        OF SERIES A JUNIOR PARTICIPATING
                                 PREFERRED STOCK
                                       OF
                       PIONEER HI-BRED INTERNATIONAL, INC.


        1.     Designation and Amount.
               (a)    There  shall  be  a  series  of  Preferred  Stock  of  the
                      Corporation  created out of the  authorized  but  unissued
                      shares  of the  capital  stock of the  Corporation,  which
                      series shall be designated  Series A Junior  Participating
                      Preferred Stock (the "Participating  Preferred Stock"), to
                      consist  of  one  hundred  and  fifty  thousand  (150,000)
                      shares, without par
                      value.

               (b)    Subject of paragraph 4(e) of this designation,  the number
                      of shares of said  series  may at any time or from time to
                      time be  increased  or decreased by the Board of Directors
                      notwithstanding   that   shares  of  such  series  may  be
                      outstanding at such time of increase or decrease.

        2.      Dividend Rate.

               (a)  The holders of shares of Participating Preferred Stock shall
                    be  entitled  to  receive,  when,  as and if declared by the
                    Board of Directors  out of funds  legally  available for the
                    purpose,  quarterly  dividends  payable in cash on the first
                    day of each November,  February, May and August in each year
                    (each such date  being  referred  to herein as a  "Quarterly
                    Dividend  Payment Date"),  commencing on the first Quarterly
                    Dividend Payment Date after the first issuance of a share or
                    fraction of a share of Participating  Preferred Stock, in an
                    amount per share  (rounded to the nearest cent) equal to the
                    greater of (a) $230.00 or (b) 1,000 times the  aggregate per
                    share  amount  of all cash  dividends  and  1,000  times the
                    aggregate per share amount (payable in kind) of all non-cash
                    dividends  or  other  distributions  other  than a  dividend
                    payable in shares of Common  Stock or a  subdivision  of the
                    outstanding shares of Common Stock (by  reclassification  or
                    otherwise),  declared on the Common Stock,  par value of One
                    Dollar ($1.00) per share,  of the  Corporation  (the "Common
                    Stock") since the immediately  preceding  Quarterly Dividend
                    Payment  Date,  or,  with  respect  to the  first  Quarterly
                    Dividend Payment Date, since the first issuance of any share
                    or fraction of a share of Participating Preferred Stock.

               (b)  On or after the first  issuance  of any share or  fractional
                    share of  Participating  Preferred  Stock,  no  dividend  on
                    Common Stock shall be declared unless concurrently therewith
                    a dividend or distribution is declared on the  Participating
                    Preferred Stock as provided in paragraph (a) above;  and the
                    declaration  of any such  dividend on the Common Stock shall
                    be expressly  conditioned upon payment or declaration of and
                    provision  for a  dividend  on the  Participating  Preferred
                    Stock  as  above  provided.  In the  event  no  dividend  or
                    distribution  shall have been  declared on the Common  Stock
                    during the period  between any  Quarterly  Dividend  Payment
                    Date  and the next  subsequent  Quarterly  Dividend  Payment
                    Date,  a dividend of $230.00 per share on the  Participating
                    Preferred  Stock  shall  nevertheless  be  payable  on  such
                    subsequent Quarterly Dividend Payment Date.

               (c)  Dividends  shall  begin  to  accrue  and  be  cumulative  on
                    outstanding shares of Participating Preferred Stock from the
                    Quarterly  Dividend  Payment Date next preceding the date of
                    issue  of such  shares  of  Participating  Preferred  Stock,
                    unless  the  date of issue  of such  shares  is prior to the
                    record date for the first Quarterly  Dividend  Payment Date,
                    in which case dividends on such shares shall begin to accrue
                    from the date of issue of such shares, or unless the date of
                    issue  is a  Quarterly  Dividend  Payment  Date or is a date
                    after the record  date for the  determination  of holders of
                    shares of Participating  Preferred Stock entitled to receive
                    a  quarterly  dividend  and before such  Quarterly  Dividend
                    Payment Date, in either of which events such dividends shall
                    begin  to  accrue  and be  cumulative  from  such  Quarterly
                    Dividend  Payment Date.  Accrued but unpaid  dividends shall
                    not bear  interest.  The Board of Directors may fix a record
                    date  for  the   determination   of  holders  of  shares  of
                    Participating Preferred Stock entitled to receive payment of
                    a dividend distribution declared thereon,  which record date
                    shall be no more  than 30 days  prior to the date  fixed for
                    the payment thereof.

        3.  Dissolution.  Liquidation  and  Winding  Up.  In  the  event  of any
voluntary or involuntary  dissolution,  liquidation or winding up of the affairs
of the Corporation (hereinafter referred to as a "Liquidation"),  the holders of
Participating  Preferred Stock shall receive at least $1,000.00 per share,  plus
an amount  equal to accrued  and unpaid  dividends  and  distributions  thereon,
whether or not declared, to the date of such payment,  provided that the holders
of shares of Participating Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive at least
an aggregate  amount per share equal to 1,000 times the  aggregate  amount to be
distributed per share to holders of Common Stock (the  "Participating  Preferred
Liquidation Preference").

        4. Voting Rights. The holders of shares of Participating Preferred Stock
shall have the following voting rights:

               (a) Each share of Participating Preferred Stock shall entitle the
holder thereof to five thousand (5,000) votes on all matters submitted to a vote
of the stockholders of the  Corporation,  except that no holder of Participating
Preferred  Stock shall be entitled to exercise  more than one  thousand  (1,000)
votes on any such  matter in  respect  of any share of  Participating  Preferred
Stock if such holder would have been  entitled to exercise no more than one vote
on any such matter in respect of any share of Common Stock under Article IV.B of
the Articles of Incorporation,  had such shares of Participating Preferred Stock
been shares of Common Stock.

               (b) Except as otherwise  provided herein, or by law, the Articles
of  Incorporation  or the By-laws of the  Corporation,  the holders of shares of
Participating  Preferred  Stock and the holders of shares of Common  Stock shall
vote together as one class on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders of
the Corporation.

               (c) If and  whenever  dividends  on the  Participating  Preferred
Stock shall be in arrears in an amount equal to six quarterly dividend payments,
then and in such event the holders of the Participating  Preferred Stock, voting
separately as a class  (subject to the  provisions of  subparagraph  (d) below),
shall be  entitled  at the next  annual  meeting of the  stockholders  or at any
special  meeting  to  elect  two (2)  directors.  Each  share  of  Participating
Preferred Stock shall be entitled to one vote, and holders of fractional  shares
shall have the right to a fractional  vote. Upon election,  such directors shall
become  additional  directors of the  Corporation  and the authorized  number of
directors of the Corporation shall thereupon be automatically  increased by such
number of directors.  Such right of the holders of Participating Preferred Stock
to elect  directors  may be  exercised  until all  dividends  in  default on the
Participating  Preferred  Stock shall have been paid in full,  and dividends for
the current  dividend period declared and funds therefor set apart,  and when so
paid and set apart, the right of the holders of Participating Preferred Stock to
elect such number of directors  shall cease,  the term of such  directors  shall
thereupon  terminate,  and the authorized number of directors of the Corporation
shall  thereupon  return to the  number of  authorized  directors  otherwise  in
effect,  but  subject  always to the same  provisions  for the  vesting  of such
special  voting  rights  in the  case of any such  future  dividend  default  or
defaults.  The fact that  dividends  have been paid and set apart as required by
the  preceding  sentence  shall be  evidenced by a  certificate  executed by the
President and the chief  financial  officer of the  Corporation and delivered to
the Board of  Directors.  The  directors so elected by holders of  Participating
Preferred  Stock shall serve until the  certificate  described in the  preceding
sentence  shall have been  delivered  to the Board of  Directors  or until their
respective successors shall be elected or appointed and qualify.

        At any time when such special  voting  rights have been so vested in the
holders of the  Participating  Preferred Stock, the Secretary of the Corporation
may, and upon the written request of the holders of record of 10% or more of the
number of shares of the Participating Preferred Stock then outstanding addressed
to such  Secretary at the principal  office of the  Corporation  in the State of
Iowa,  shall,  call a  special  meeting  of  the  holders  of the  Participating
Preferred  Stock for the  election  of the  directors  to be  elected by them as
hereinabove  provided,  to be held in the case of such  written  request  within
forty (40) days after delivery of such request, and in either case to be held at
the  place  and  upon  the  notice  provided  by law and in the  By-laws  of the
Corporation for the holding of meetings of stockholders;  provided, however that
the  Secretary  shall not be required to call such a special  meeting (i) if any
such  request is  received  less than ninety (90) days before the date fixed for
the next ensuing  annual or special  meeting of  stockholders  or (ii) if at the
time any such request is received, the holders of Participating  Preferred Stock
are not entitled to elect such directors by reason of the occurrence of an event
specified in the third sentence of subparagraph (d) below.

               (d) if; at any time when the holders of  Participating  Preferred
Stock are entitled to elect  directors  pursuant to the foregoing  provisions of
this paragraph 4, the holders of any one or more additional  series of Preferred
Stock  are  entitled  to elect  directors  by  reason  of any  default  or event
specified  in the  Articles  of  Incorporation,  as in effect at the time of the
designation for such series,  and if the terms for such other additional  series
so permit,  the voting  rights of the two or more series  then  entitled to vote
shall be combined (with each series having a number of votes proportional to the
aggregate  liquidation  preference of its outstanding shares). In such case, the
holders  of  Participating  Preferred  Stock and of all such other  series  then
entitled  so to vote,  voting as a class,  shall  elect such  directors.  If the
holders  of any such other  series  have  elected  such  directors  prior to the
happening  of the  default or event  permitting  the  holders  of  Participating
Preferred  Stock to elect  directors,  or prior  to a  written  request  for the
holding of a special  meeting being received by the Secretary of the Corporation
from  the  holders  of not  less  than 10% of the  then  outstanding  shares  of
Participating Preferred Stock, then such directors so previously elected will be
deemed to have been  elected by and on behalf of the  holders  of  Participating
Preferred Stock as well as such other series,  without prejudice to the right of
the  holders of  Participating  Preferred  Stock to vote for  directors  if such
previously  elected directors shall resign,  cease to serve or fail to stand for
reelection  while the holders of  Participating  Preferred Stock are entitled to
vote. If the holders of any such other series are entitled to elect in excess of
two (2) directors,  the  Participating  Preferred Stock shall not participate in
the  election of more than two (2) such  directors,  and those  directors  whose
terms first expire shall be deemed to be the directors elected by the holders of
Participating Preferred Stock; provided that, if at the expiration of such terms
the  holders  of  Participating  Preferred  Stock  are  entitled  to vote in the
election of directors  pursuant to the  provisions of this paragraph 4, then the
Secretary  of the  Corporation  shall call a meeting  (which  meeting may be the
annual meeting or special  meeting of  stockholders  referred to in subparagraph
(c)) of holders of  Participating  Preferred  Stock for the  purpose of electing
replacement directors (in accordance with the provisions of this paragraph 4) to
be held on or prior to the time of expiration of the expiring  terms referred to
above.

               (e) Except as otherwise  set forth herein or required by law, the
Articles  of  Incorporation  or the  By-laws  of  the  Corporation,  holders  of
Participating  Preferred  Stock  shall have no special  voting  rights and their
consent  shall not be required  (except to the extent they are  entitled to vote
with  holders  of  Common  Stock as set  forth  herein)  for the  taking  of any
corporate  action.   No  consent  of  the  holders  of  outstanding   shares  of
Participating Preferred Stock at any time outstanding shall be required in order
to permit the Board of  Directors  to:  (i)  increase  the number of  authorized
shares of  Participating  Preferred Stock or to decrease such number to a number
not below the sum of the number of shares of Participating  Preferred Stock then
outstanding and the number of shares with respect to which there are outstanding
rights to  purchase;  or (ii) to issue  Preferred  Stock  which is senior to the
Participating Preferred Stock, junior to the Participating Preferred Stock or on
a parity with the Participating Preferred Stock.

        5.     Redemption. The shares of Participating Preferred Stock shall not
               be redeemable.

        6.     Conversion  Rights.  The Participating  Preferred Stock is not 
convertible into Common Stock or any other security of the Corporation.


<PAGE>





                              Articles of Amendment
                                     of the
              Third Restated and Amended Articles of Incorporation
                                       of
                       Pioneer Hi-Bred International, Inc.





To the Secretary of State
   of the State of Iowa


        Pursuant to the  provisions  of Section  490.1006  of the Iowa  Business
Corporation  Act, the undersigned  corporation  hereby amends its Third Restated
and Amended Articles of Incorporation (the "Articles of Incorporation"), and for
that purpose, submits the following statement:

   1.   The  name  of  the  corporation   is  Pioneer   Hi-Bred   International,
        Inc.  (the "Corporation").

   2.  On August 5, 1997,  the  Corporation  adopted an  amendment  to its Third
       Restated  and  Amended  Articles of  Incorporation,  the text of which is
       attached hereto as Exhibit A.

   3.  The  amendment  was  duly  adopted  by  the  Board  of  Directors  of the
       Corporation without shareholder  approval, as shareholder approval is not
       required  pursuant to Section  490.602 of the Iowa  Business  Corporation
       Act.


Dated:  September 9, 1997.


                                            /s/    John D. James
                                            By:    John D. James
                                                   Senior Vice President




<PAGE>



                                    EXHIBIT A






                    CERTIFICATE OF THE DESIGNATIONS, POWERS,
                    PREFERENCES AND RELATIVE, PARTICIPATING,
                OPTIONAL OR OTHER RIGHTS, AND THE QUALIFICATIONS,
                     LIMITATIONS OR RESTRICTIONS THEREOF, OF

                      SERIES A CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK



                                       OF



                       PIONEER HI-BRED INTERNATIONAL, INC.


<PAGE>



Pioneer Hi-Bred  International,  Inc., an Iowa corporation (the  "Corporation"),
does hereby certify that the Board of Directors of the Corporation  duly adopted
the following resolution, at a meeting duly convened and held on August 5, 1997,
in  respect  of a series of  Preferred  Stock of the  Corporation,  pursuant  to
authority   conferred   upon  the  Board  by  Article  IV  of  the  Articles  of
Incorporation  of the  Corporation  and in  accordance  with  Section 602 of the
Business Corporation Act of the State of Iowa:

BE IT  RESOLVED,  that  the  issuance  of a  series  of  Preferred  Stock of the
Corporation  is  hereby  authorized,   and  the  designation,   amount,  powers,
preferences and relative,  participating,  optional and other special rights and
qualifications,  limitations  and  restrictions  thereof,  of the shares of such
series of Preferred Stock of the Corporation, are hereby fixed as follows:

        1. Designation;  Class and Amount;  Certain  Definitions.  The series of
Preferred  Stock,  the issuance of which is hereby  authorized,  shall  comprise
200,000 shares the distinctive  serial  designation of which shall be "Preferred
Stock, Series A", which is sometimes herein referred to as "Series A Convertible
Preferred  Stock".  Each share of Series A Convertible  Preferred Stock shall be
identical  in all  respects  with all  other  shares  of  Series  A  Convertible
Preferred  Stock.  The number of shares of Series A Convertible  Preferred Stock
which are purchased or otherwise  acquired by the  Corporation or converted into
Common  Stock shall be canceled  and shall  revert to  authorized  but  unissued
shares of Series A Convertible  Preferred Stock  undesignated as to series.  The
Corporation  shall not  issue,  sell or  otherwise  transfer  shares of Series A
Convertible Preferred Stock to any Person other than the members of the Investor
Group.  Certain  capitalized  terms  used  herein  have the  meanings  specified
therefor in Section 10 below.

        2. Dividends. (a) Except as set forth in the Investment Agreement,  each
Holder of shares of Series A Convertible  Preferred Stock shall participate with
the holders of Common Stock in all  Dividends,  when,  as and if declared by the
Board and paid or distributed by the  Corporation on or in respect of the Common
Stock on a share for share  basis  and in like  tenor and forms as the  Dividend
paid on the  Common  Stock as if all  shares of Series A  Convertible  Preferred
Stock were  converted  into the number of shares of Common Stock (whether or not
the Series A Convertible  Preferred Stock is then so convertible)  calculated in
accordance with Section 6 below,  immediately  prior to the record date for such
Dividend.  Except as set forth above,  holders of shares of Series A Convertible
Preferred  Stock shall not be entitled to receive any  dividends.  Except to the
extent payable in respect of dividends paid on the Common Stock, no interest, or
sum of money in lieu of  interest,  shall be payable in respect of any  dividend
payment or payments on shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock.

                  (b) Dividends on the Series A Convertible  Preferred  Stock in
respect of each Dividend shall be payable,  when and if declared by the Board of
Directors,  concurrently  with each date of payment (each such date, a "Dividend
Payment Date") by the  Corporation  of Dividends on the Common Stock.  Dividends
payable in cash shall be paid by wire transfer in immediately available funds to
the accounts  designated by the respective  Holders in written  notices given to
the  Corporation at least two Business Days prior to the payment date or by such
other means as may be agreed to by the Corporation and the respective Holders.

                  (c) The Corporation will cause written notice of each Dividend
on the Series A  Convertible  Preferred  Stock to be given to each Holder within
five Business Days after it is determined by the Board of Directors.

        3. Voting Rights

                  (a) Except as otherwise provided herein or as required by law,
the Holders of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to any
Vote.

                  (b) At any  meeting  called  for the  purpose of voting on (or
acting by written  consent  with  respect to) any matter to be voted upon by the
holders of Common  Stock of the  Corporation,  the holders of shares of Series A
Convertible Preferred Stock and the holders of shares of Common Stock shall vote
together as one class on all matters so submitted to a vote of  stockholders  of
the  Corporation.  At any such meeting or in connection  with any such action by
written consent, each share of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock shall carry,
as of the record date  applicable  to such vote,  a number of votes equal to the
Per Share Vote Amount as calculated by the Corporation for such meeting.

                  (c) In  accordance  with  Section  6.2(b)  of  the  Investment
Agreement,  the  Corporation  will cause written  notice of any vote as to which
holders of Common Stock are entitled to vote as a separate class or voting group
under the Articles of Incorporation or Iowa Law (a "Class Vote"), to be given to
each Holder at least 15 Business Days prior to such Class Vote.

        4. Liquidation Preference.  In the event of any voluntary or involuntary
liquidation,  dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the  Corporation,  the
Holders of shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock then outstanding shall
be entitled,  for each share of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, to be paid
out  of  the  assets  of  the  Corporation  available  for  distribution  to its
stockholders  the amount of cash or other  property that would be payable on the
number of shares of Common Stock then issuable upon  conversion of such share of
Series A Convertible  Preferred  Stock (whether or not then  convertible)  (such
amount payable being adjusted  appropriately  to reflect any stock split,  stock
dividend,  reverse stock split, or any transaction  with comparable  effect upon
the Common  Stock)  (the  "Liquidation  Preference").  This  entitlement  of the
Holders of shares of Series A Convertible  Preferred  Stock, to the extent equal
to $.01  for each  share  of  Series A  Convertible  Preferred  Stock,  shall be
satisfied before any similar payment shall be made or any assets  distributed to
the  holders of the  Common  Stock or any other  security  junior in rank to the
Series A  Convertible  Preferred  Stock as to  distribution  of assets upon such
dissolution,  liquidation  or winding up and  otherwise  shall be satisfied on a
pari passu  basis with the  holders  of the Common  Stock.  If the assets of the
Corporation are not sufficient to pay in full the liquidation  payments  payable
to all  of the  Holders  of the  outstanding  shares  of  Series  A  Convertible
Preferred Stock, then the Holders of all such shares shall share ratably in such
distribution of assets in accordance  with the  liquidation  preference to which
they are entitled. For the purposes of this section, neither the voluntary sale,
conveyance, exchange or transfer (for cash, shares of stock, securities or other
consideration)  of all or  substantially  all of the  property  or assets of the
Corporation nor the  consolidation or merger of the Corporation with one or more
other corporations  shall be deemed to be a liquidation,  dissolution or winding
up, voluntary or involuntary,  unless such voluntary sale, conveyance,  exchange
or  transfer  shall be in  connection  with a  dissolution  or winding up of the
business of the Corporation.

        5.  Restrictions  on  Transfer.  The  shares  of  Series  A  Convertible
Preferred  Stock are  subject  to the  provisions  of the  Investment  Agreement
(including the provisions thereof restricting transfer of such stock).

        6.  Conversion.  (a)(i)  Concurrently  with the  transfer of  Beneficial
Ownership  of any share of Series A  Convertible  Preferred  Stock to any Person
other  than the  Investor  or  another  member  of the  Investor  Group or Other
Investor  Affiliate,  such share of Series A Convertible  Preferred  Stock shall
convert into [100]*  fully-paid  and  non-assessable  shares of Common Stock (as
adjusted  pursuant to Section 6(c)), in accordance with the procedures  provided
in clause (b) of this Section 6.

                      (ii) At any time (x) at the direction of the Corporation, 
but only if the Corporation  intends to recommend approval of a Voting Amendment
(as defined in  the  Investment  Agreement),  and  (y)  at the  direction of the
Investor, following the approval and effectiveness of a Voting Amendment, share
of Series A Convertible  Preferred Stock shall be mandatorily  convertible  into
fully-paid and  non-assessable  shares  of  Common  Stock,  with  each  share of
Series A Convertible  Preferred  Stock being converted into [100]* shares of 
Common Stock (as adjusted pursuant to Section 6(c)).


<PAGE>



                      (iii) The  Investor  shall have the right,  in  accordance
with Section 8.8
of the  Investment  Agreement,  at any time that the  Investor  may exercise the
Optional Conversion Right (as defined in the Investment Agreement) in accordance
with the  Investment  Agreement,  to cause all  shares  of Series A  Convertible
Preferred  Stock to be converted into  fully-paid and  non-assessable  shares of
Common  Stock,  with each share of Series A  Convertible  Preferred  Stock being
converted  into [100]*  shares of Common Stock (as adjusted  pursuant to Section
6(c)).
                      (iv) At any time  that all  outstanding  shares  of Common
Stock (or whatever  security  received upon conversion or exchange  thereof) 
have the same vote per share,  if any, without any time phase voting, all shares
of Series A Convertible   Preferred   Stock  shall  be  convertible   into   
fully-paid  and non-assessable  shares  of  Common  Stock,  with  each  such  
share of  Series A Convertible  Preferred  Stock being converted into [100]* 
shares of Common Stock (as adjusted pursuant to Section 6(c)).

                      (v) Except as set forth in this Section  6(a),  the shares
of Series A Convertible  Preferred  Stock are not  convertible  at the option of
the Holder thereof.

       (b) (i) Any  Holder of shares of  Series A  Convertible  Preferred  Stock
required (or in the case of clauses (iii) or (iv) above  requesting)  to convert
any or all such shares into Common  Stock  shall  surrender  the  certificate(s)
evidencing such shares of Series A Convertible  Preferred Stock of the Holder at
the office of the transfer agent appointed for the purpose of such conversion by
the Corporation.  Such surrendered  certificate(s),  if the Corporation shall so
require,  shall be duly endorsed to the  Corporation or in blank, or accompanied
by proper instruments of transfer to the Corporation or in blank.

                      (ii) The Corporation shall, within one Business Day after 
such surrender of certificates  evidencing  shares of Series A Convertible  
Preferred Stock  accompanied by written notice and in compliance with any other 
conditions contained herein, issue and deliver, or cause to be issued and 
delivered, to the Person(s) for whose account such  certificate(s)  evidencing  
shares of Series A Convertible  Preferred Stock were so  surrendered,  or to th
nominee(s) of such Person(s),  certificates  representing the number of full 
shares of Common Stock to  which  such  Person  shall  be  entitled  pursuant to
the  then-applicable conversion  rate. Such conversion  shall be deemed to have 
been made on the date of  such  surrender  of  the  certificate(s)   evidencing 
shares  of  Series  A Convertible  Preferred  Stock to be  converted  (the  
"Surrender  Date") and the Person(s)  entitled to receive the Common Stock 
deliverable  upon conversion of such Series A Convertible  Preferred  Stock 
shall be treated for all purposes as the  record  holder(s)  of such  Common  
Stock  on  such  date  and  thereafter. Conversion of Series A Convertible  
Preferred Stock may otherwise be achieved in accordance with such procedures as
the Corporation and a majority of the Holders may agree.

                      (iii) In the event  that fewer than all shares of Series A
Convertible Preferred  Stock  represented by a surrendered  certificate  are to 
be converted hereunder, a new certificate shall be  issued at the  Corporation's
expense representing  the  shares  of  Series  A  Convertible  Preferred  Stock 
not  so converted.

                      (iv) In  connection  with the  conversion of any shares of
Series A Convertible  Preferred  Stock,  no  fractions of shares of Common Stock
shall be issued,  but in lieu  thereof the  Corporation  shall pay a cash  
adjustment in respect of such fractional interest in an amount  equal to such 
fractional interest multiplied by the Market Price (as defined in the  
Investment Agreement) per  share  of  Common  Stock  on the day on  which  such 
shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock are deemed to have been 
converted.

               (c) The  conversion  rate shall be adjusted  from time to time as
follows:


* Number of shares of Common Stock each share is convertible  into is subject to
adjustment prior to closing in the event of a stock split,  stock combination or
similar adjustment in the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding.







                      (i) In case the Corporation shall, at any time or from
time to time while any of the shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock are
outstanding, (A) subdivide or reclassify its outstanding shares of Common Stock 
into a larger number of shares, or (B) combine or reclassify its outstanding  
shares of Common Stock into a smaller number of shares, the conversion rate in
effect immediately prior to such  action  shall be  adjusted  so that the Holder
of any  shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock thereafter surrendered 
for conversion shall be entitled to receive the number of shares of Common Stock
which such Holder would have owned or have been  entitled to receive immediately
following  such action had such shares of Series A Convertible  Preferred  Stock
been  converted immediately  prior thereto.  An adjustment made pursuant to this
Section 6(c)(i) shall become effective  immediately after the close of business 
on the effective date of a subdivision,  reclassification  or combination.  If,
as a result of an adjustment  made pursuant to this Section  6(c)(i), the Holder
of any shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock thereafter surrendered for
conversion shall become entitled to receive shares of two or more classes of
capital stock of the Corporation,  the Board of Directors shall make an
appropriate allocation of the adjusted  conversion  rate between or among shares
of such  classes of capital stock in accordance  with the  entitlements  of the
Common Stock  underlying the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock in connection 
with such adjustment.

                      (ii)  Whenever an  adjustment  in the  conversion  rate is
required, the Corporation shall  forthwith place on file with its Transfer Agent
a statement signed  by its  Chief  Executive  Officer,  Chief Financial  Officer
or a Vice President  and by its  Secretary,  Assistant  Secretary,  Treasurer or
Assistant Treasurer, stating the adjusted conversion rate determined as provided
herein. Such  statements  shall set forth in  reasonable  detail  such facts as
shall be necessary to show the reason and the manner of computing such 
adjustment.

        (d) (i) The  Corporation  shall at all times reserve and keep available,
free from  preemptive  rights,  out of its authorized and unissued  stock,  such
number of shares of its Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to
effect the conversion of all shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock from
time to time  outstanding,  solely for the purpose of effecting such conversion.
The  Corporation  shall,  from time to time, in accordance  with the laws of the
State of Iowa,  increase the  authorized  number of shares of Common Stock if at
any time the number of shares of authorized and unissued  Common Stock shall not
be sufficient to permit the  conversion  of all the then  outstanding  shares of
Series A Convertible Preferred Stock.

                      (ii) The Corporation will pay any and all stamp and 
transfer taxes that may be payable in respect of the  issuance or delivery of 
shares of Common Stock upon  conversion  of shares of Series A  Convertible  
Preferred  Stock  pursuant hereto. The Corporation shall not, however, be 
required to pay any tax which may be payable in respect of any  transfer  
involved in the issuance and delivery of shares of Common Stock in a name other 
than that in which the shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock so
converted were registered and no such issuance or delivery shall be made unless 
and until the person  requesting such issuance has paid to the  Corporation  the
amount of any such tax or has  established  to the satisfaction of the 
Corporation that such tax has been paid. 

        (e) In case of (i) any  reclassification or change of outstanding shares
of Common  Stock  (other  than a change in par value or from par value to no par
value or from no par  value to par  value,  or as a result of a  subdivision  or
combination) or (ii) any  consolidation or merger of the Corporation with one or
more  other  corporations  (other  than a  consolidation  or merger in which the
Corporation  is the  continuing  corporation  and which  does not  result in any
reclassification  or change of outstanding  shares of Common Stock issuable upon
conversion  of  Series A  Convertible  Preferred  Stock)  or  (iii)  any sale or
conveyance to another corporation or other entity of all or substantially all of
the  property  of the  Corporation,  then  the  Corporation,  or such  successor
corporation  or  other  entity,  as the  case  may be,  shall  make  appropriate
provision  so that the  holder of each share of Series A  Convertible  Preferred
Stock then outstanding  shall have the right to convert such share into the kind
and amount of shares of stock or other  securities and property  receivable upon
such consolidation,  merger, sale,  reclassification,  change or conveyance by a
holder of the number of shares of Common  Stock into which such shares of Series
A Convertible  Preferred  Stock might have been converted  immediately  prior to
such  consolidation,  merger,  sale,  reclassification,  change  or  conveyance,
subject to adjustment which shall be as nearly  equivalent as may be practicable
to the adjustments  provided for in Section 6(c). If the holders of Common Stock
are entitled to elect the  consideration  payable  pursuant  any  consolidation,
merger,  sale,  conveyance or other  transaction  or event set forth above,  the
Holders also shall be entitled to elect between such forms of consideration. The
provisions of this paragraph shall apply similarly to successive consolidations,
mergers, sales, conveyances or other transactions or events.

        (f)  Whenever the number of shares of Common Stock into which each share
of Series A Convertible  Preferred  Stock is convertible is adjusted as provided
in this Section 6, the  Corporation  shall promptly mail to the Holders a notice
in  accordance  with Section 8 below stating that the number of shares of Common
Stock  into  which  the  shares  of  Series A  Convertible  Preferred  Stock are
convertible  has been  adjusted  and  setting  forth the new number of shares of
Common Stock (or describing the new stock,  securities,  cash or other property)
into which each share of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock is convertible, as
a result of such  adjustment,  a brief  statement  of the facts  requiring  such
adjustment  and  the  computation  thereof,  and  when  such  adjustment  became
effective.

        7. Limited Priority.  The Series A Convertible Preferred Stock shall, to
the extent of the  Liquidation  Preference  set forth in Section 4, be senior in
rank as to distribution of assets upon any  liquidation,  dissolution or winding
up of the  affairs  of the  Corporation,  to the Common  Stock,  or any class of
equity securities of the Corporation which by its terms are junior to the Series
A  Convertible  Preferred  Stock,  unless the  Holders of 66 2/3  percent of the
outstanding  shares of the Series A Convertible  Preferred Stock shall otherwise
consent.

        8. Notices.  The Corporation  shall provide notice to each Holder of any
action  taken  or  proposed  to be  taken  or  any  determination  made  by  the
Corporation   and/or  the  Holder  under  the  terms  of  this   Certificate  of
Designations.  Notice of any such  action or  determination  by the  Corporation
and/or the Holder and all other notices and other communications provided for in
this  Certificate  of  Designations  shall  be  delivered  by  facsimile  and by
reputable overnight courier,

        (a)    If to the Company, to:

Pioneer Hi-Bred International, Inc,
700 Capital Square
Des Moines, Iowa  50309
Attention:  General Counsel
Telephone:  515-248-4800
Telecopier:  515-248-4844

with a copy to:

Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson
One New York Plaza
New York, New York 10004
Facsimile:  (212) 859-4000
Attn.:  Stephen Fraidin

or such other address as the Corporation shall have furnished to the Holders in
writing,

        (b) if to a Holder,  to the address and facsimile  number of such Holder
listed on the Stock Books of the Corporation.

        9. Definitions.  Certain capitalized terms are used herein as defined
below:

         "Affiliate" of a Person has the meaning set forth in Rule 12b-2 under
the Exchange Act.

         "Articles  of  Incorporation"  means the  Third  Restated  and  Amended
Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation, as amended from time to time.

         "Beneficially  Owned"  with  respect  to any  securities  means  having
"beneficial  ownership" of such securities (as determined pursuant to Rule 13d-3
under the Exchange Act, as in effect on the date hereof,  without  limitation by
the 60-day  provision in paragraph  (d)(1)(i)  thereof).  The terms  "Beneficial
Ownership" and "Beneficial Owner" have correlative meanings.

         "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

         "Business Day" means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday, or a day on
which banking  institutions  in the State of Iowa are authorized or obligated by
law or executive order to close.

         "Certificate of  Designations"  means this Certificate of Designations,
Powers, Preferences and Relative,  Participating,  Optional or other Rights, and
the Qualifications,  Limitations or Restrictions Thereof,  creating the Series A
Convertible Preferred Stock.

         "Common Stock" means the Common Stock, par value $1.00 per share, of 
the Corporation.

         "Common  Voting  Power"  means,  in respect of any record  date for any
meeting of stockholders  (or action by written consent in lieu of a meeting) the
aggregate Votes represented by all then outstanding Voting Securities other than
the  Series  A  Convertible  Preferred  Stock  as  determined  by the  Board  in
accordance with the procedures set forth in the Articles of Incorporation  based
on the  actual  Votes  entitled  to be  voted  at such  meeting  (excluding  any
estimation of any kind,  including as to who would have been entitled to 5 Votes
per share if such  shareholders  had taken the  requisite  steps to obtain  such
Vote).

         "Dividend"  means any dividend or  distribution on or in respect of the
Common Stock of the Corporation,  whether in cash,  additional  shares of Common
Stock or other property.

         "Exchange Act" means the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended,
and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

         "Holder"  means a holder  of  record  of a share or  shares of Series A
Convertible Preferred Stock.

         "Investment Agreement" means the Agreement, dated as of August 6, 1997,
between the Investor and the  Corporation,  as amended and/or restated from time
to time.

         "Investor" means E.I. du Pont de Nemours and Company.

         "Investor Group" shall have the meaning set forth in the Investment
Agreement.

         "Investor Group Total Ownership  Percentage" means, with respect to the
Investor Group calculated at a particular point in time, the ratio, expressed as
a  percentage,  of (a) the total number of shares of Common  Stock  Beneficially
Owned by the Investor Group and issuable upon conversion of (whether or not then
convertible),  or otherwise  constituting the economic equivalent of, all Common
Securities (as defined in the Investment  Agreement)  Beneficially  Owned by the
Investor  Group,  over (b) the total  number of  shares  of  Common  Stock  then
outstanding  and the number of shares of Common Stock  issuable upon  conversion
(whether or not then  convertible)  of, or otherwise  constituting  the economic
equivalent  of, all  outstanding  Common  Securities;  provided that in no event
shall the Investor Group Total  Ownership  Percentage of all Holders of Series A
Convertible Preferred Stock be greater than 20%.

         "Iowa Law" shall mean the Business Corporation Act of the State of Iowa

         "Liquidation Preference" has the meaning specified in Section 4 above.

         "Other Investor Affiliate" shall have the meaning set forth in the
Investment Agreement.

         "Per Share  Vote  Amount"  means in respect of any record  date for any
meeting of stockholders (or action by written consent in lieu of a meeting) that
number of Votes per share of Series A Convertible  Preferred  Stock equal to (x)
the Total Preferred Vote Amount as of such record date amount divided by (y) the
number of shares of Series A Convertible  Preferred Stock outstanding as of such
record date.

         "Person"  means  any  individual,  corporation,  company,  association,
partnership,  joint venture,  limited liability company, trust or unincorporated
organization, group (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act) or
a government or any agency or political subdivision thereof.

         "Series A Convertible Preferred Stock" has the meaning specified in
Section 1 above.

         "Stock  Books"  means  the  stock  transfer  books  of the  Corporation
relating to its Common Stock and Preferred Stock.

         "Subsidiary"  means, as to any Person, any other Person more than fifty
percent  (50%) of the shares of the voting  stock or other  voting  interests of
which are owned or controlled, or the ability to select or elect more than fifty
percent  (50%)  of the  directors  or  similar  managers  is held,  directly  or
indirectly,  by such first Person or one or more of its  Subsidiaries or by such
first Person and one or more of its Subsidiaries.  A Subsidiary that is directly
or indirectly  wholly-owned  by another Person except for directors'  qualifying
shares shall be deemed wholly-owned for purposes of this Agreement.

         "Surrender Date" has the meaning specified in Section 6 above.

         "13D Group" shall mean any group of Persons who,  with respect to those
acquiring,  holding,  voting or disposing of Voting Securities  would,  assuming
ownership of the requisite  percentage  thereof, be required under Section 13(d)
of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder to file a statement
on Schedule 13D with the Securities and Exchange Commission as a "person" within
the meaning of Section  13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act, or who would be considered
a "person" for purposes of Section 13(g)(3) of the Exchange Act.

         "Total  Preferred Vote Amount" means, in respect of the record date for
any meeting (or action by written  consent in lieu of a meeting) of shareholders
of the Corporation to vote on any matter,  an aggregate number of Votes equal to
(a) the Common Voting Power as of such record date multiplied by (b) a fraction,
the  numerator  of  which  is the  Investor  Group  Total  Ownership  Percentage
(expressed as a fraction  carried to two decimal  places) as of such record date
and the  denominator of which is 1.00 minus the Investor  Group Total  Ownership
Percentage  (expressed as a fraction  carried to two decimal  places) as of such
record date;  provided that in no event shall the Total Preferred Vote Amount be
greater than 20% of Total Voting Power.

        "Total Voting Power" means in respect of any record date for any meeting
of  stockholders  (or  action  by  written  consent  in lieu of a  meeting)  the
aggregate  Votes  represented  by all  then  outstanding  Voting  Securities  as
determined  by the  Board in  accordance  with the  procedures  set forth in the
Articles of Incorporation based on the actual Votes entitled to be voted at such
meeting  (excluding any  estimation of any kind,  including as to who would have
been entitled to 5 Votes per share if such  shareholders had taken the requisite
steps to obtain such Vote).

        "Votes" shall mean, at any time, with respect to any Voting  Securities,
the total  number of votes that would be  entitled  to be cast by the holders of
such Voting Securities  generally (by the terms of such Voting  Securities,  the
Articles of  Incorporation  or any certificate of  designations  for such Voting
Securities)  in a meeting  for the  election  of  directors  held at such  time,
including the votes that would be able to be cast by holders of shares of Series
A Convertible Preferred Stock in accordance with the procedures set forth in the
Articles of  Incorporation  based on the actual  number of Votes  entitled to be
voted at such meeting (excluding any estimation of any kind, including as to who
would have been entitled to 5 Votes per share if such shareholders had taken the
requisite steps to obtain such Vote).


<PAGE>



        "Voting  Securities"  means the  shares of Common  Stock,  the  Series A
Convertible Preferred Stock and any other securities of the Corporation entitled
to vote generally for the election of directors,  and any securities (other than
employee  stock  options)  which  are   convertible   into,  or  exercisable  or
exchangeable for, Voting Securities.

IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  Pioneer  Hi-Bred  International,  Inc.,  has  caused  this
Certificate to be made under the seal of the Corporation and signed and attested
by the undersigned officers of the Corporation this 9th day of September, 1997.

                                            PIONEER HI-BRED INTERNATIONAL, INC.

                                            /s/    John D. James
                                            By     John D. James
                                            Title: Senior Vice Preisdent

(Corporate Seal)

Attest:

/s/     Jerry L. Chicoine
By:     Jerry L. Chicoine
Title:  Senior Vice President and
          Chief Financial Officer



<PAGE>


                           ARTICLES OF CORRECTION FOR
                       PIONEER HI-BRED INTERNATIONAL, INC.

                  TO: SECRETARY OF STATE OF THE STATE OF IOWA:




        Pursuant  to ss.  490.124  of the Iowa  Business  Corporation  Act,  the
undersigned corporation adopts the following Articles of Correction:

     1.   The name of the corporation is Pioneer Hi-Bred International, Inc.

     2.   A description of the document to be corrected is as follows:

          Articles of  Amendment of the Third  Restated and Amended  Articles of
          Incorporation  of Pioneer Hi-Bred  International,  Inc. in the form of
          the Certificate of Designations attached as Exhibit A thereto.

     3.   The  document to be corrected  was filed by the  Secretary of State on
          September 10, 1997.

     4.   The incorrect statements in the document to be corrected are contained
          in paragraphs  (i),  (iii) and (iv) of Section 6(a) thereof and in the
          case of each such  paragraph  the  incorrect  item is the reference to
          "[100]*"  appearing  therein and the footnote referred to by each such
          reference.

     5.   The  document was  incorrect  because it should have read as set forth
          below in paragraph 6 and because the corresponding  footnote should in
          each case have been deleted.

     6.   The  following  is the  correct  statement  and it should  replace the
          incorrect  statement in the case of each of the foregoing  paragraphs:
          "100," and there should be no footnote.

Dated this 16th day of September, 1997.

                                            PIONEER HI-BRED INTERNATIONAL, INC.


                                            /s/    Jerry L. Chicoine
                                            By:    Jerry L. Chicoine
                                            Title: Senior Vice President and
                                                       Chief Financial Officer




<PAGE>



                              ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT
                                     OF THE
              THIRD RESTATED AND AMENDED ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
                                       OF
                       PIONEER HI-BRED INTERNATIONAL, INC.


To the Secretary of State
  of the State of Iowa

        Pursuant to the  provisions  of Section  490.1006  of the Iowa  Business
Corporation  Act, the undersigned  corporation  hereby amends its Third Restated
and Amended Articles of Incorporation (the "Articles of Incorporation"), and for
that purpose, submits the following statement:

1.   The name of the  corporation is Pioneer  Hi-Bred  International,  Inc. (the
     "Corporation").

2.   The Third Restated and Amended Articles of Incorporation are hereby amended
     to create a new class of Common Stock called Class B Common Stock, the text
     of which is attached  hereto as Exhibit A. In addition,  upon the filing in
     the  Office  of the  Secretary  of  State  of the  State  of  Iowa  of this
     Certificate of Amendment,  (i) each of the outstanding 164,445.86 shares of
     Series  A  Convertible  Preferred  Stock  of  the  Corporation  issued  and
     outstanding  immediately  prior  to  such  filing  of this  Certificate  of
     Amendment  shall be  automatically  reclassified  and  changed  without any
     further  action  on the  part of the  Corporation  or  shareholders  of the
     Corporation into one hundred fully paid and nonassessable shares of Class B
     Common Stock,  and (ii) each of the 200,000  authorized  shares of Series A
     Convertible  Preferred  Stock  will  revert  to  serial  preferred  without
     designation  and the  Certificate  of  Designation  of Series A Convertible
     Preferred Stock will cease to be in force and effect.

3.   The date of the adoption of the amendment was January 27, 1998.

4.   The amendment was approved by the shareholders. The designation,  number of
     outstanding  shares,  number of votes  entitled  to be cast by each  voting
     group entitled to vote  separately on the amendment and the number of votes
     of each voting group indisputably represented at the meeting is as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                         Votes Entitled to      Votes Represented
      Designation of Group         Shares Outstanding   be Cast on Amendment      at Meeting
      --------------------         -------------------  --------------------    -------------------              
<S>                                  <C>                    <C>                   <C>        
Common                               65,758,411.083         158,453,436           121,712,477
Series A Convertible Preferred       65,922,856.943*        198,066,794           161,325,835
    and Common
</TABLE>


*    65,758,411.083   shares  of  Common  and  164,445.86  shares  of  Series  A
     Convertible   Preferred,   which  under  certain   circumstances  are  each
     convertible into 100 shares of Common Stock

5.  The total number of votes cast for and against the  amendment by each voting
    group entitled to vote separately on the amendment is as follows:

          Voting Group               Votes For                     Votes Against

Common                               115,512,282                      1,213,910
Series A Convertible Preferred       155,125,640                      1,213,910
    and Common

6.  The  number  of votes  cast  for the  amendment  of each  voting  group  was
    sufficient for approval by that voting group.

7.  The effective  date and time of this document is the time and date of filing
    of this  document  in the office of the  Secretary  of State of the State of
    Iowa.

        Dated:  January 29, 1998.
                                           PIONEER HI-BRED INTERNATIONAL, INC.



                                            /s/    Jerry L. Chicoine
                                            By:    Jerry L. Chicoine
                                            Title: Senior Vice President and
                                                      Chief Financial Officer



<PAGE>


                                    EXHIBIT A

                                   AMENDMENT TO THE
                              THIRD RESTATED AND AMENDED
                              ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
                                          OF
                         PIONEER HI-BRED INTERNATIONAL, INC.

                                          I.

        The  Corporation's  Third Restated and Amended Articles of Incorporation
is hereby  amended by deleting  clause (ii) of  paragraph A of Article IV in its
entirety and inserting the following so that clauses (ii) and (iii) of paragraph
A of Article IV shall hereafter read as follows:


        "(ii) 120,000,000  shares of Class B Common Stock without par value, and
(iii) 10,000,000 shares,  consisting of one class designated as serial preferred
without par value."

                                         II.
        The  Corporation's  Third Restated and Amended Articles of Incorporation
is hereby  amended by  deleting  paragraph D of Article IV in its  entirety  and
inserting the following so paragraph D and E of Article IV shall  hereafter read
as follows:

        "D. 1. Designation; Class and Amount; Certain Definitions. The series of
Class B Common Stock, the issuance of which is hereby authorized, shall comprise
of  120,000,000  shares the  distinctive  serial  designation  of which shall be
"Class B Common Stock." Each share of Class B Common Stock shall be identical in
all respects with all other shares of Class B Common Stock. The number of shares
of Class B Common  Stock  which  are  purchased  or  otherwise  acquired  by the
Corporation or converted into Common Stock shall be canceled and shall revert to
authorized but unissued shares of Class B Common Stock.  The  Corporation  shall
not issue,  sell or  otherwise  transfer  shares of Class B Common  Stock to any
Person other than the members of the Investor Group.  Certain  capitalized terms
used herein have the meanings specified therefor in Section 9 below.

               2.  Dividends.   (a)  Except  as  set  forth  in  the  Investment
Agreement,  each Holder of shares of Class B Common Stock shall participate with
the holders of Common Stock in all Dividends (other than Dividends in respect of
which (x) an adjustment is made in the number of shares of Common Stock issuable
upon conversion as prescribed in Section  6(c)(i) or Section  6(c)(iii) below or
(y) an adjustment is not required to be so made because of the  satisfaction  of
the proviso to the end of the first sentence of Section 6 (c)(i)  below),  when,
as and if declared by the Board and paid or distributed by the Corporation on or
in respect of the Common  Stock on a share for share basis and in like tenor and
forms as the  Dividend  paid on the  Common  Stock as if all  shares  of Class B
Common Stock were  converted  into the number of shares of Common Stock (whether
or not the Class B Common Stock is then so convertible) calculated in accordance
with Section 6 below,  immediately  prior to the record date for such  Dividend.
Except as set forth  above,  holders of shares of Class B Common Stock shall not
be entitled to receive any dividends. Except to the extent payable in respect of
dividends  paid on the Common  Stock,  no  interest,  or sum of money in lieu of
interest,  shall be payable in respect of any  dividend  payment or  payments on
shares of Class B Common Stock.

                      (b)    Dividends on the Class B Common Stock in respect of
each Dividend shall be payable,  when and if declared by the Board of Directors,
concurrently  with each date of payment  (each such date,  a  "Dividend  Payment
Date") by the Corporation of Dividends on the Common Stock. Dividends payable in
cash  shall  be paid by wire  transfer  in  immediately  available  funds to the
accounts  designated by the respective  Holders in written  notices given to the
Corporation  at least two  Business  Days prior to the  payment  date or by such
other means as may be agreed to by the Corporation and the respective Holders.

                      (c)    The Corporation will cause written notice of each
Dividend  on the Class B Common  Stock to be given to each  Holder  within  five
Business Days after it is determined by the Board of Directors.

           3.  Voting Rights.  (a)  Except as otherwise provided herein, or
expressly provided in the Investment Agreement or as required by law, the 
Holders of Class B Common Stock shall not be entitled to any Vote.

                      (b)    At any meeting called for the purpose of voting on 
(or acting by written  consent  with  respect to) any matter to be voted upon by
the holders of Common  Stock of the  Corporation, the holders of shares of Class
B Common Stock and the holders of shares of Common Stock shall vote  together as
one  class  on all  matters  so  submitted  to a  vote  of  stockholders  of the
Corporation.  At any such  meeting  or in  connection  with any such  action  by
written  consent,  each share of Class B Common  Stock  shall  carry,  as of the
record date  applicable  to such vote,  a number of votes equal to the Per Share
Vote Amount as calculated by the Corporation for such meeting.

                      (c)    In accordance with Section 6.2(b) of the Investment
Agreement,  the  Corporation  will cause written  notice of any vote as to which
holders of Common Stock are entitled to vote as a separate class or voting group
under the Articles of Incorporation or Iowa Law (a "Class Vote"), to be given to
each Holder at least 15 Business Days prior to such Class Vote.

           4.  Liquidation  Preference.   In  the  event  of  any  voluntary  or
involuntary  liquidation,  dissolution  or  winding  up of  the  affairs  of the
Corporation,  the  Holders of shares of Class B Common  Stock  then  outstanding
shall be entitled, for each share of Class B Common Stock, to be paid out of the
assets of the Corporation  available for  distribution to its  stockholders  the
amount of cash or other  property  that would be payable on the number of shares
of Common Stock then  issuable  upon  conversion of such share of Class B Common
Stock  (whether or not then  convertible)  (such amount  payable being  adjusted
appropriately to the extent required in Section 6 (c) below to reflect any stock
split,  stock dividend,  reverse stock split, or any transaction with comparable
effect upon the Common Stock) (the "Liquidation  Preference").  This entitlement
of the Holders of shares of Class B Common  Stock,  to the extent  equal to $.01
for each share of Class B Common  Stock,  shall be satisfied  before any similar
payment  shall be made or any assets  distributed  to the  holders of the Common
Stock or any other  security  junior  in rank to the Class B Common  Stock as to
distribution  of assets  upon such  dissolution,  liquidation  or winding up and
otherwise  shall be  satisfied  on a pari passu  basis  with the  holders of the
Common Stock. If the assets of the Corporation are not sufficient to pay in full
the liquidation payments payable to all of the Holders of the outstanding shares
of Class B Common Stock, then the Holders of all such shares shall share ratably
in such distribution of assets in accordance with the liquidation  preference to
which they are entitled. For the purposes of this section, neither the voluntary
sale, conveyance, exchange or transfer (for cash, shares of stock, securities or
other  consideration)  of all or substantially  all of the property or assets of
the Corporation nor the  consolidation  or merger of the Corporation with one or
more other  corporations  shall be deemed to be a  liquidation,  dissolution  or
winding up,  voluntary or involuntary,  unless such voluntary sale,  conveyance,
exchange or transfer shall be in connection  with a dissolution or winding up of
the business of the Corporation.

           5.  Restrictions on Transfer.  The shares of Class B Common Stock are
subject to the provisions of the Investment  Agreement (including the provisions
thereof restricting transfer of such stock).

           6. Conversion.  (a) (i) Concurrently  with the transfer of Beneficial
Ownership  of any share of Class B Common  Stock to any  Person  other  than the
Investor or another member of the Investor  Group or Other  Investor  Affiliate,
such  share  of Class B Common  Stock  shall  convert  into one  fully-paid  and
non-assessable  share of Common Stock (as adjusted pursuant to Section 6(c)), in
accordance with the procedures provided in clause (b) of this Section 6.

                      (ii)  At any time (x) at the direction of the Corporation,
but only if the  Corporation  intends to  recommend  approval of a Voting  
Amendment  (as defined in the Investment Agreement), and (y) at the direction of
the Investor, following the approval and effectiveness of a Voting Amendment,  
shares of Class B  Common  Stock  shall  be   mandatorily   convertible   into  
fully-paid  and non-assessable  shares of Common Stock, with each share of Class
B Common Stock being converted into one share of Common Stock (as adjusted 
pursuant to Section 6(c)).

                      (iii) At any time  that all  outstanding  shares of Common
Stock (or whatever security  received upon conversion or exchange  thereof) have
the same vote per share, if any,  without any time-phased  voting, all shares of
Class B Common Stock shall be convertible into fully-paid and  non-assessable  
shares of Common Stock,  with each such share of Class B Common Stock being 
converted into one share of Common Stock (as adjusted pursuant to Section 6(c)).

                      (iv) Except as set forth in this Section 6(a),  the shares
of Class B Common Stock are not convertible at the option of the Holder thereof.

               (b) (i) Any Holder of shares of Class B Common Stock required (or
in the case of clause (iii) above  requesting) to convert any or all such shares
into Common Stock shall surrender the  certificate(s)  evidencing such shares of
Class B Common Stock of the Holder at the office of the transfer agent appointed
for  the  purpose  of  such  conversion  by the  Corporation.  Such  surrendered
certificate(s),  if the Corporation shall so require,  shall be duly endorsed to
the Corporation or in blank, or accompanied by proper instruments of transfer to
the Corporation or in blank.

                      (ii)  The Corporation shall, within one Business Day after
such surrender of certificates  evidencing shares of Class B Common Stock 
accompanied by written notice and in compliance with any other conditions 
contained herein, issue and deliver,  or cause to be issued and  delivered,  to 
the  Person(s) for whose account such certificate(s) evidencing shares of Class 
B Common Stock were so  surrendered,   or  to  the  nominee(s)  of  such   
Person(s),   certificates representing  the number of full  shares of Common  
Stock to which  such  Person shall  be  entitled  pursuant  to  the 
then-applicable  conversion  rate.  Such conversion shall be deemed to have been
made on the date of such  surrender  of the  certificate(s)  evidencing  shares 
of Class B Common  Stock to be converted (the  "Surrender  Date") and the
Person(s)  entitled to receive the Common Stock deliverable  upon  conversion of
such Class B Common Stock shall be treated for all  purposes  as the record  
holder(s)  of such  Common  Stock on such date and thereafter.  Conversion  of 
Class B Common  Stock may  otherwise  be achieved in accordance with such 
procedures as the Corporation and a majority of the Holders may agree.

                      (iii) In the event  that  fewer than all shares of Class B
Common Stock represented by a surrendered  certificate are to be converted 
hereunder,  a new certificate shall be issued at the Corporation's expense
representing the shares of Class B Common Stock not so converted.

                      (iv) In  connection  with the  conversion of any shares of
Class B Common  Stock,  no fractions  of shares of Common Stock shall be issued,
but in lieu  thereof the  Corporation  shall pay a cash  adjustment  in respect 
of such fractional interest in an amount equal to such fractional interest 
multiplied by the Market Price (as defined in the  Investment  Agreement)  per 
share of Common Stock on the day on which such shares of Class B Common Stock 
are deemed to have been converted.

               (c) The  conversion  rate shall be adjusted  from time to time as
follows:

                      (i)    In case the Corporation shall, at any time or from 
time to time while any of the shares of Class B Common Stock are  outstanding,  
(A) subdivide or  reclassify  its  outstanding  shares of Common Stock into a 
larger number of shares  (including a  subdivision  effected by  declaring  and
paying a Dividend payable in additional  shares of Common Stock), or (B) combine
or reclassify its outstanding  shares  of  Common  Stock  into a smaller  number
of  shares, the conversion rate in effect immediately prior to such action shall
be adjusted so that the Holder of any shares of Class B Common Stock thereafter
surrendered for conversion  shall be entitled  to receive  the number of shares 
of Common  Stock which such Holder would have owned or have been entitled to 
receive  immediately following  such  action had such shares of Class B Common  
Stock been  converted immediately prior thereto (which  adjustments shall be in 
lieu of payment of any Dividend on the Class B Common Stock);  provided that no 
adjustment  pursuant to this  Section  6  (c)(i)  shall  be  made in  connection
with  a  subdivision, combination  or  reclassification  (including  by way of a
Dividend  payable in additional shares of Common Stock)  described  above if the
Corporation  shall concurrently  therewith subdivide,  combine or reclassify 
(including by way of a Dividend  payable in additional  shares of Class B Common
Stock) the outstanding Class B Common  Stock on the same  basis as the Common  
Stock is so  subdivided, combined or  reclassified.  An adjustment made pursuant
to this Section 6(c)(i) shall become effective  immediately after the close of 
business on the effective date of a subdivision,  reclassification  or 
combination.  If, as a result of an adjustment  made pursuant to this Section 
6(c)(i), the Holder of any shares of Class B Common Stock thereafter surrendered
for conversion shall become entitled to receive shares of two or more classes of
capital  stock of the  Corporation, the Board of  Directors  shall make an  
appropriate allocation  of the adjusted conversion rate between or among  shares
of such  classes of capital  stock in accordance  with the  entitlements  of the
Common Stock  underlying  the Class B Common Stock in connection with such 
adjustment.

                      (ii)  Whenever an  adjustment  in the  conversion  rate is
required, the Corporation  shall  forthwith  place on file with its Transfer
Agent a statement signed  by its  Chief  Executive  Officer,  Chief  Financial 
Officer  or a Vice President  and by its  Secretary,  Assistant  Secretary,  
Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer,  stating the adjusted  conversion rate 
determined as provided herein. Such  statements  shall set forth in  reasonable 
detail  such facts as shall be necessary to show the reason and the manner of
computing such adjustment.

                      (iii) In the event that prior to the issuance of the Class
B Common
Stock the Company shall (A) subdivide or reclassify  its  outstanding  shares of
Common Stock into a larger number of shares (including a subdivision effected by
declaring or paying a Dividend payable in additional  shares of Common Stock) or
(B) combine or reclassify its outstanding  shares of Common Stock into a smaller
number of shares,  the conversion  ratio  applicable to the Class B Common Stock
shall be appropriately adjusted.

               (d)    (i) The Corporation shall  at all times  reserve  and keep
available,  free from  preemptive  rights,  out of its  authorized  and unissued
stock,  such number of shares of its Common  Stock as shall from time to time be
sufficient  to effect the  conversion of all shares of Class B Common Stock from
time to time  outstanding,  solely for the purpose of effecting such conversion.
The  Corporation  shall,  from time to time, in accordance  with the laws of the
State of Iowa,  increase the  authorized  number of shares of Common Stock if at
any time the number of shares of authorized and unissued  Common Stock shall not
be sufficient to permit the  conversion  of all the then  outstanding  shares of
Class B Common Stock.

                      (ii)   The Corporation will pay any and all stamp and  
transfer taxes that may be payable in respect of the  issuance  or delivery of 
shares of Common Stock upon  conversion of shares of Class B Common Stock 
pursuant  hereto.  The Corporation shall not, however,  be required to pay any
tax which may be payable in respect of any  transfer  involved in the  issuance
and delivery of shares of Common  Stock in a name  other  than that in which the
shares of Class B Common Stock so converted were registered and no such issuance
or delivery  shall be made  unless  and until the  person  requesting  such  
issuance  has paid to the Corporation the amount of any such tax or has 
established to the satisfaction of the Corporation that such tax has been paid.

               (e) In case of (i) any  reclassification or change of outstanding
shares of Common Stock (other than a change in par value or from par value to no
par value or from no par value to par value,  or as a result of a subdivision or
combination) or (ii) any  consolidation or merger of the Corporation with one or
more  other  corporations  (other  than a  consolidation  or merger in which the
Corporation  is the  continuing  corporation  and which  does not  result in any
reclassification  or change of outstanding  shares of Common Stock issuable upon
conversion  of Class B Common  Stock) or (iii) any sale or conveyance to another
corporation or other entity of all or  substantially  all of the property of the
Corporation,  then  the  Corporation,  or such  successor  corporation  or other
entity, as the case may be, shall make appropriate  provision so that the holder
of each share of Class B Common Stock then  outstanding  shall have the right to
convert  such  share  into the  kind  and  amount  of  shares  of stock or other
securities  and  property  receivable  upon such  consolidation,  merger,  sale,
reclassification,  change or  conveyance  by a holder of the number of shares of
Common  Stock  into which such  shares of Class B Common  Stock  might have been
converted    immediately   prior   to   such   consolidation,    merger,   sale,
reclassification,  change or conveyance, subject to adjustment which shall be as
nearly  equivalent  as may be  practicable  to the  adjustments  provided for in
Section 6(c)(to the extent adjustment would be required pursuant to Section 6(c)
above).  If the holders of Common Stock are entitled to elect the  consideration
payable  pursuant  to any  consolidation,  merger,  sale,  conveyance  or  other
transaction  or event set forth  above,  the  Holders  also shall be entitled to
elect between such forms of  consideration.  The  provisions  of this  paragraph
shall apply similarly to successive consolidations,  mergers, sales, conveyances
or other transactions or events.

               (f) Whenever the number of shares of Common Stock into which each
share of Class B Common  Stock is  convertible  is  adjusted as provided in this
Section  6, the  Corporation  shall  promptly  mail to the  Holders  a notice in
accordance  with  Section 8 below  stating  that the  number of shares of Common
Stock  into which the shares of Class B Common  Stock are  convertible  has been
adjusted  and  setting  forth the new  number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock (or
describing the new stock,  securities,  cash or other  property) into which each
share of Class B Common Stock is convertible,  as a result of such adjustment, a
brief  statement of the facts  requiring  such  adjustment  and the  computation
thereof, and when such adjustment became effective.

           7. Limited Priority. The Class B Common Stock shall, to the extent of
the  Liquidation  Preference  set  forth in  Section  4, be senior in rank as to
distribution  of assets upon any  liquidation,  dissolution or winding up of the
affairs  of the  Corporation,  to the  Common  Stock,  or any  class  of  equity
securities  of the  Corporation  which by its  terms  are  junior to the Class B
Common Stock,  unless the Holders of 66 2/3 percent of the outstanding shares of
the Class B Common Stock shall otherwise consent.

           8. Notices.  The  Corporation  shall provide notice to each Holder of
any  action  taken or  proposed  to be taken  or any  determination  made by the
Corporation and/or the Holder under the terms of this Third Restated and Amended
Articles of  Incorporation.  Notice of any such action or  determination  by the
Corporation  and/or the Holder and all other  notices  and other  communications
provided for in this Third Restated and Amended Articles of Incorporation  shall
be delivered by facsimile and by reputable overnight courier,

           (a) If to the Company, to:


           Pioneer Hi-Bred International, Inc.
           800 Capital Square, 400 Locust Street
           Des Moines, Iowa  50309
           Attention:  General Counsel
           Telephone:  (515) 248-4800
           Facsimile:  (515) 248-4844

           with a copy to:



           Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson
           One New York Plaza
           New York, New York 10004
           Telephone:  (212) 859-8000
           Facsimile:  (212) 859-4000
           Attn.:  Stephen Fraidin

           or such other address as the Corporation shall have furnished to the
Holders in writing,

            (b) if to a Holder,  to the  address  and  facsimile  number of such
Holder listed on the Stock Books of the Corporation.

           9. Definitions.  Certain capitalized terms are used herein as defined
below:

               "Affiliate" of a Person has the meaning set forth in Rule 12b-2 
under the Exchange Act.

               "Articles of Incorporation"  means the Third Restated and Amended
Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation, as amended from time to time.

               "Beneficially  Owned" with respect to any securities means having
"beneficial  ownership" of such securities (as determined pursuant to Rule 13d-3
under the Exchange Act, as in effect on the date hereof,  without  limitation by
the 60-day  provision in paragraph  (d)(1)(i)  thereof).  The terms  "Beneficial
Ownership" and "Beneficial Owner" have correlative meanings.

               "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

               "Business Day" means any day other than a Saturday,  Sunday, or a
day on  which  banking  institutions  in the  State of Iowa  are  authorized  or
obligated by law or executive order to close.

               "Class B Common Stock" has the meaning specified in Section 1
above.

               "Common Stock" means the Common Stock, par value $1.00 per share,
of the Corporation.

               "Common  Voting Power"  means,  in respect of any record date for
any meeting of stockholders  (or action by written consent in lieu of a meeting)
the aggregate Votes represented by all then outstanding  Voting Securities other
than the Class B Common Stock as determined by the Board in accordance  with the
procedures set forth in the Articles of Incorporation  based on the actual Votes
entitled to be voted at such  meeting  (excluding  any  estimation  of any kind,
including  as to who  would  have  been  entitled  to 5 Votes  per share if such
shareholders had taken the requisite steps to obtain such Vote).

               "Dividend" means any dividend or distribution on or in respect of
the  Common  Stock of the  Corporation,  whether in cash,  additional  shares of
Common Stock or other property.

                "Exchange  Act" means the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,  as
amended, and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

               "Holder" means a holder of record of a share or shares of Class B
Common Stock.

               "Investment Agreement" means the Agreement, dated as of August 6,
1997, between the Investor and the Corporation,  as amended and/or restated from
time to time.

               "Investor" means E.I. du Pont de Nemours and Company.

                "Investor Group" shall have the meaning set forth in the 
Investment Agreement.

               "Investor Group Total Ownership  Percentage"  means, with respect
to the  Investor  Group  calculated  at a particular  point in time,  the ratio,
expressed  as a  percentage,  of (a) the total  number of shares of Common Stock
Beneficially  Owned by the  Investor  Group  and  issuable  upon  conversion  of
(whether  or not then  convertible),  or  otherwise  constituting  the  economic
equivalent of, all Common  Securities  (as defined in the Investment  Agreement)
Beneficially Owned by the Investor Group, over (b) the total number of shares of
Common Stock then  outstanding and the number of shares of Common Stock issuable
upon conversion (whether or not then convertible) of, or otherwise  constituting
the economic equivalent of, all outstanding Common Securities;  provided that in
no event shall the Investor Group Total  Ownership  Percentage of all Holders of
Class B Common Stock be greater than 20%.

                "Iowa Law" shall mean the Business  Corporation Act of the State
of Iowa.

               "Liquidation Preference" has  the  meaning specified in Section 4
above.

               "Other Investor  Affiliate"  shall  have the meaning set forth in
the Investment Agreement.

               "Per Share Vote  Amount"  means in respect of any record date for
any meeting of stockholders  (or action by written consent in lieu of a meeting)
that  number of Votes per share of Class B Common  Stock  equal to (x) the Total
Preferred Vote Amount as of such record date amount divided by (y) the number of
shares of Class B Common Stock outstanding as of such record date.

               "Person" means any individual, corporation, company, association,
partnership,  joint venture,  limited liability company, trust or unincorporated
organization, group (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act) or
a government or any agency or political subdivision thereof.

               "Stock Books" means the stock transfer  books of the  Corporation
relating to its Common Stock and Preferred Stock.

               "Subsidiary"  means, as to any Person, any other Person more than
fifty percent (50%) of the shares of the voting stock or other voting  interests
of which are owned or  controlled,  or the  ability to select or elect more than
fifty percent (50%) of the  directors or similar  managers is held,  directly or
indirectly,  by such first Person or one or more of its  Subsidiaries or by such
first Person and one or more of its Subsidiaries.  A Subsidiary that is directly
or indirectly  wholly-owned  by another Person except for directors'  qualifying
shares shall be deemed wholly-owned for purposes of this Agreement.

               "Surrender Date" has the meaning specified in Section 6 above.

               "13D Group" shall mean any group of Persons who,  with respect to
those  acquiring,  holding,  voting or  disposing  of Voting  Securities  would,
assuming  ownership  of the  requisite  percentage  thereof,  be required  under
Section  13(d) of the Exchange Act and the rules and  regulations  thereunder to
file a statement on Schedule 13D with the Securities and Exchange  Commission as
a "person"  within the meaning of Section  13(d)(3) of the Exchange  Act, or who
would be considered a "person" for purposes of Section  13(g)(3) of the Exchange
Act.

               "Total  Preferred  Vote Amount"  means,  in respect of the record
date for any  meeting  (or  action by written  consent in lieu of a meeting)  of
shareholders  of the Corporation to vote on any matter,  an aggregate  number of
Votes equal to (a) the Common Voting Power as of such record date  multiplied by
(b) a fraction,  the  numerator of which is the Investor  Group Total  Ownership
Percentage  (expressed as a fraction  carried to two decimal  places) as of such
record date and the  denominator of which is 1.00 minus the Investor Group Total
Ownership Percentage  (expressed as a fraction carried to two decimal places) as
of such record date;  provided that in no event shall the Total  Preferred  Vote
Amount be greater than 20% of Total Voting Power.

               "Total  Voting Power" means in respect of any record date for any
meeting of stockholders  (or action by written consent in lieu of a meeting) the
aggregate  Votes  represented  by all  then  outstanding  Voting  Securities  as
determined  by the  Board in  accordance  with the  procedures  set forth in the
Articles of Incorporation based on the actual Votes entitled to be voted at such
meeting  (excluding any  estimation of any kind,  including as to who would have
been entitled to 5 Votes per share if such  shareholders had taken the requisite
steps to obtain such Vote).

               "Votes"  shall  mean,  at any time,  with  respect  to any Voting
Securities,  the total  number of votes that would be entitled to be cast by the
holders  of such  Voting  Securities  generally  (by the  terms  of such  Voting
Securities, the Articles of Incorporation or any certificate of designations for
such Voting  Securities) in a meeting for the election of directors held at such
time,  including the votes that would be able to be cast by holders of shares of
Class B Common Stock in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Articles
of  Incorporation  based on the actual  number of Votes  entitled to be voted at
such meeting  (excluding any  estimation of any kind,  including as to who would
have  been  entitled  to 5 Votes per  share if such  shareholders  had taken the
requisite steps to obtain such Vote).

               "Voting Securities" means the shares of Common Stock, the Class B
Common  Stock and any  other  securities  of the  Corporation  entitled  to vote
generally for the election of directors, and any securities (other than employee
stock options) which are convertible  into, or exercisable or exchangeable  for,
Voting Securities.

        E. The holder of any shares of such Common  Stock,  Class B Common Stock
or Serial  Preferred  Stock  shall  have no  preemptive  rights to  acquire  any
additional  shares of the  Corporation  or to acquire any treasury  stock of the
Corporation."



<PAGE>



                              ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT
                                     OF THE
              THIRD RESTATED AND AMENDED ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
                                       OF
                       PIONEER HI-BRED INTERNATIONAL, INC.


To the Secretary of State
  of the State of Iowa

        Pursuant to the  provisions  of Section  490.1006  of the Iowa  Business
Corporation  Act, the undersigned  corporation  hereby amends its Third Restated
and Amended Articles of Incorporation (the "Articles of Incorporation"), and for
that purpose, submits the following statement:

1.   The name of the corporation is Pioneer Hi-Bred International, Inc. (the 
     "Corporation").

2.  The Third Restated and Amended Articles of Incorporation  are hereby amended
    to increase the number of  authorized  shares of Common  Stock,  the text of
    which is attached hereto as Exhibit A.

3. The date of the adoption of the amendment was January 27, 1998.

4.  The amendment was approved by the shareholders.  The designation,  number of
    outstanding shares, number of votes entitled to be cast by each voting group
    entitled to vote separately on the amendment and the number of votes of each
    voting group indisputably represented at the meeting is as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                         Votes Entitled to      Votes Represented
      Designation of Group         Shares Outstanding   be Cast on Amendment       at Meeting
      --------------------         ------------------   --------------------    -----------------                                  
<S>                                 <C>                     <C>                  <C>        
Common                              65,758,411.083          158,453,436          121,712,477
Series A Convertible Preferred      65,922,856.943*         198,066,794          161,325,835
    and Common
</TABLE>

*    65,758,411.083   shares  of  Common  and  164,445.86  shares  of  Series  A
     Convertible   Preferred,   which  under  certain   circumstances  are  each
     convertible into 100 shares of Common Stock

5.  The total number of votes cast for and against the  amendment by each voting
    group entitled to vote separately on the amendment is as follows:

          Voting Group                      Votes For              Votes Against
          ------------                      ----------             -------------
Common                                     109,971,563               10,891,420
Series A Convertible Preferred             149,584,921               10,891,420
    and Common

6.  The  number  of votes  cast  for the  amendment  of each  voting  group  was
    sufficient for approval by that voting group.


<PAGE>



7.  The effective  date and time of this document is the time and date of filing
    of this  document  in the office of the  Secretary  of State of the State of
    Iowa.

        Dated:  January 29, 1998.

                                            PIONEER HI-BRED INTERNATIONAL, INC.



                                            /s/    Jerry L. Chicoine
                                            By:    Jerry L. Chicoine
                                            Title: Senior Vice President and
                                                       Chief Financial Officer



<PAGE>



                                      EXHIBIT A

                                   AMENDMENT TO THE
                 THIRD RESTATED AND AMENDED ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
                                          OF
                         PIONEER HI-BRED INTERNATIONAL, INC.


                                      ARTICLE IV

        Article  IV of  the  Articles  of  Incorporation  shall  be  amended  by
replacing the following language of paragraph A:

           A.  The  aggregate  amount  of  authorized   capital  stock  of  this
     Corporation  shall be  $150,000,000  divided into (i)  150,000,000  shares,
     consisting of one class  designated as common and having a par value of One
     Dollar ($1.00) per share,

with the following language:

           A.  The  aggregate  amount  of  authorized   capital  stock  of  this
     Corporation  shall be  $600,000,000  divided into (i)  600,000,000  shares,
     consisting of one class  designated as common and having a par value of One
     Dollar ($1.00) per share,





<PAGE>


                              ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT
                                     OF THE
              THIRD RESTATED AND AMENDED ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
                                       OF
                       PIONEER HI-BRED INTERNATIONAL, INC.


To the Secretary of State
  of the State of Iowa

        Pursuant to the  provisions  of Section  490.1006  of the Iowa  Business
Corporation  Act, the undersigned  corporation  hereby amends its Third Restated
and Amended Articles of Incorporation (the "Articles of Incorporation"), and for
that purpose, submits the following statement:

     1.   The name of the  corporation is Pioneer  Hi-Bred  International,  Inc.
          (the "Corporation").

     2.   On March 10, 1998 the  Corporation  adopted an  amendment to its Third
          Restated and Amended Articles of Incorporation,  as amended,  attached
          hereto as Exhibit A.

     3.   The Third Restated and Amended  Articles of  Incorporation  are hereby
          amended.

     4.   The  amendment  was duly  adapted  by the  Board of  Directors  of the
          Corporation without shareholder  approval,  as shareholder approval is
          not  required  pursuant  to  Section  490.602  of  the  Iowa  Business
          Corporation Act.

     5.   The  effective  date and time of this document is the time and date of
          filing of this document in the office of the Secretary of State of the
          State of Iowa.

          Dated: September 14, 1998.

                                        PIONEER HI-BRED INTERNATIONAL, INC.


                                            /s/    Jerry L. Chicoine
                                            By:    Jerry L. Chicoine
                                            Title: Executive Vice President,
                                                      Chief Operating Officer 
                                                      and Secretary




<PAGE>


                                    EXHIBIT A

                                   AMENDMENT TO THE
                 THIRD RESTATED AND AMENDED ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
                                          OF
                         PIONEER HI-BRED INTERNATIONAL, INC.

        The Designation, Preferences and Rights of Series A Junior Participating
Preferred  Stock of the  Corporation  ("Designation")  was filed on February 25,
1997 with the Secretary of the State of the State of Iowa.

        Paragraph  1(a) of the  Designation  shall be amended by deleting in its
entirety and substituting the following language as Paragraph 1(a):

        1.      Designation and Amount.

               (a) There shall be a series of Preferred Stock of the Corporation
        created out of the authorized  but unissued  shares of the capital stock
        of the  Corporation,  which series shall be  designated  Series A Junior
        Participating Preferred Stock (the "Participating  Preferred Stock"), to
        consist of six hundred thousand (600,000) shares, without par value.

        Paragraphs 2(a) and 2(b) of the Designation shall be amended by deleting
in their entirety and substituting the following language as Paragraphs 2(a) and
2(b):

        2.      Dividend Rate.

               (a) The holders of shares of Participating  Preferred Stock shall
        be  entitled  to  receive,  when,  as and if  declared  by the  Board of
        Directors  out of funds  legally  available  for the purpose,  quarterly
        dividends  payable in cash on the first day of each November,  February,
        May and August in each year (each such date being  referred to herein as
        a "Quarterly Dividend Payment Date"),  commencing on the first Quarterly
        Dividend Payment Date after the first issuance of a share or fraction of
        a share  of  Participating  Preferred  Stock,  in an  amount  per  share
        (rounded  to the  nearest  cent)  equal to the greater of (a) $90 or (b)
        1,000 times the  aggregate  per share amount of all cash  dividends  and
        1,000  times the  aggregate  per share  amount  (payable in kind) of all
        non-cash dividends or other  distributions other than a dividend payable
        in shares of Common Stock or a subdivision of the outstanding  shares of
        Common Stock (by reclassification or otherwise),  declared on the Common
        Stock,  par value of One Dollar  ($1.00) per share,  of the  Corporation
        (the "Common Stock") since the immediately  preceding Quarterly Dividend
        Payment Date, or, with respect to the first Quarterly  Dividend  Payment
        Date,  since the first  issuance  of any share or fraction of a share of
        Participating Preferred Stock.

               (b) On or after the  first  issuance  of any share or  fractional
        share of  Participating  Preferred  Stock,  no dividend on Common  Stock
        shall  be  declared   unless   concurrently   therewith  a  dividend  or
        distribution  is  declared  on  the  Participating  Preferred  Stock  as
        provided  in  paragraph  (a)  above;  and the  declaration  of any  such
        dividend on the Common Stock shall be expressly conditioned upon payment
        or  declaration  of and  provision  for a dividend on the  Participating
        Preferred  Stock  as  above  provided.  In  the  event  no  dividend  or
        distribution  shall have been  declared on the Common  Stock  during the
        period  between  any  Quarterly  Dividend  Payment  Date  and  the  next
        subsequent  Quarterly  Dividend  Payment  Date, a dividend of $90.00 per
        share on the Participating Preferred Stock shall nevertheless be payable
        on such subsequent Quarterly Dividend Payment Date.





                           RESTATED AND AMENDED BYLAWS
                                       OF

                       PIONEER HI-BRED INTERNATIONAL, INC.

                                   ARTICLE I.
                                PRINCIPAL OFFICE


The principal office of the Corporation  shall be located at 700 Capital Square,
400 Locust  Street in the City of Des  Moines,  in the County of Polk,  State of
Iowa.


                                   ARTICLE II.
                            MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS

        SECTION 1. Annual Meeting.  The annual meeting of the shareholders shall
be held on the fourth  Tuesday of January of each year,  beginning with the year
1988 at the hour of 2:00 P.M. for the purpose of electing  directors and for the
transaction  of such other  business as may come before the  meeting;  PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that the President may in any year designate an earlier date as the day
of the  annual  meeting  that year.  If the day fixed for the annual  meeting as
herein provided shall be a legal holiday,  and a different day is not designated
by the  President,  such meeting shall be held on the next  succeeding  business
day. If the election of directors shall not be held on the day designated herein
for any annual meeting or any adjournment  thereof, the Board of Directors shall
cause  the  election  to be  held  at a  meeting  of the  shareholders  as  soon
thereafter as conveniently may be held.

        SECTION 2. Special Meetings.  Special meetings of shareholders,  for any
purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute or by the Article of
Incorporation,  may be  called  by the  President  and  shall be  called  by the
President  or  Secretary at the request in writing of a majority of the Board of
Directors,  or at the request in writing of  shareholders of at least 50% of all
of the votes  entitled to be cast on any issue  proposed to be considered at the
proposed  special  meeting.  Such request shall state the purpose or purposes of
the  proposed  meeting.  Business  transacted  at  any  special  meeting  of the
shareholders shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice. Such request
by  shareholders  shall be signed,  dated,  and  delivered to the  corporation's
Secretary  in one or more  written  demands.  Any  request  by  shareholders  or
otherwise shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting.  Business
transacted at any special  meeting of the  shareholders  shall be limited to the
purposes stated in the notice.

        SECTION 3. Place of Meeting. The Board of Directors or the President may
designate any place, either within or without the State of Iowa, as the place of
meeting for any annual meeting or for any special meeting called by the Board of
Directors.  A waiver of notice  signed by all  shareholders  may  designate  any
place,  either within or without the State of Iowa, as the place for the holding
of such meeting. If no designation is made, or if a special meeting be otherwise
called,  the place of meeting shall be the registered  office of the Corporation
in the State of Iowa.

        SECTION 4. Notice of  Meetings.  Written or printed  notice  stating the
place, day and hour of the meeting,  and in the case of a special  meeting,  the
purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be delivered not less
than ten (10) or more than  sixty  (60)  days  before  the date of the  meeting,
either  personally or by mail, by or at the direction of the  President,  or the
Secretary, or the officer or persons calling the meeting, to each shareholder of
record entitled to vote at such meeting.  If mailed, such notice shall be deemed
to be  delivered  when  deposited in the United  States  mail,  addressed to the
shareholder at his address as it appears on the records of the Corporation, with
postage thereon prepaid.

        SECTION 5. Closing of Transfer  Books or Fixing of Record Date.  For the
purpose  of  determining  shareholders  entitled  to notice of or to vote at any
meeting of  shareholders,  or  shareholders  entitled to receive  payment of any
dividend,  or in order to make a  determination  of  shareholders  for any other
proper  purpose,  the Board of Directors of the Corporation may provide that the
stock transfer books shall be closed for a stated period,  but not to exceed, in
any case, seventy (70) days. If the stock transfer books shall be closed for the
purpose  of  determining  shareholders  entitled  to  notice  of or to vote at a
meeting of  shareholders,  such books shall be closed for at least ten (10) days
immediately preceding such meeting. In lieu of closing the stock transfer books,
the Board of Directors may fix in advance a date as the record date for any such
determination of shareholders, such date in any case to be not more than seventy
(70) days and, for a meeting of shareholders, not less than ten (10) days, prior
to the date on which the  particular  action,  requiring such  determination  of
shareholders, is to be taken. If the transfer books are not closed and no record
date is fixed for the determination of shareholders  entitled to notice of or to
vote at a meeting of shareholders,  or shareholders  entitled to receive payment
of a dividend,  the date on which notice of the meeting is mailed or the date on
which the  resolution  of the Board of  Directors  declaring  such  dividend  is
adopted,  as the case may be, shall be the record date for such determination of
shareholders.  When a  determination  of  shareholders  entitled  to vote at any
meeting  of  shareholders  has  been  made as  provided  in this  section,  such
determination shall apply to any adjournment thereof.

        SECTION 6.  Voting  Lists.  The  officer or agent  having  charge of the
transfer books for shares of the Corporation  shall make, at least ten (10) days
before  each  meeting  of  shareholders,  a  complete  list of the  shareholders
entitled to vote at such  meeting,  arranged  in  alphabetical  order,  with the
address of and the number of shares held by each,  which  list,  for a period of
ten (10) days  prior to such  meeting,  shall be subject  to  inspection  by any
shareholder  at any time during usual  business  hours.  Such list shall also be
produced and kept open at the time and place of the meeting and shall be subject
to the inspection of any shareholder  during the whole time of the meeting.  The
original  share  ledger or transfer  book,  or a duplicate  thereof kept in this
State, shall be prima facie evidence as to who are the shareholders  entitled to
examine such list or share ledger or transfer  book or to vote at any meeting of
shareholders.

        SECTION 7.  Quorum.  The holders of a majority  of the stock  issued and
outstanding  and entitled to vote thereat,  present in person or  represented by
proxy,  shall  constitute a quorum at all meetings of the  shareholders  for the
transaction  of business as otherwise  provided by statute or by the Articles of
Incorporation.  If, however,  such quorum shall not be present or represented at
any meeting of the shareholders, a majority of the shareholders entitled to vote
thereat,  present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn
the meeting from time to time,  without  notice other than  announcement  at the
meeting,  until a quorum  shall be present  or  represented.  At such  adjourned
meeting, at which a quorum shall be present or represented,  any business may be
transacted  which  might  have been  transacted  at the  meeting  as  originally
noticed.  When a quorum is present at any meeting,  the vote of the holders of a
majority of the stock having  voting power present in person or  represented  by
proxy shall decide any question brought before such meeting, unless the question
is one upon which by express  provision  of the  statutes or of the  Articles of
Incorporation  a  different  vote is  required,  in  which  case,  such  express
provision shall govern and control the decision of such question.

        SECTION  8.  Proxies.  Each  shareholder  shall at every  meeting of the
shareholders  be  entitled  to that  number  of  votes as is  determined  by the
Corporation in accordance  with Article IV of the Articles of  Incorporation  of
the  Corporation,  as presently in effect or as may be amended  hereafter,  upon
each matter  submitted to vote of the  shareholders  to be voted in person or by
proxy  executed  in  writing  by  said  shareholder  or by his  duly  authorized
attorney-in-fact,  for each share of the capital  stock having voting power held
by such  shareholder.  Such  proxy  shall be filed  with  the  Secretary  of the
Corporation before or at the time of the meeting.  No proxy shall be valid after
eleven (11) months from the date of its execution,  unless otherwise provided in
the proxy.

        SECTION 9. Voting of Shares by Certain  Holders.  Shares standing in the
name of another Corporation,  domestic or foreign, may be voted by such officer,
agent,  or proxy as the Bylaws of such  Corporation  may  prescribe,  or, in the
absence of such  provision,  as the Board of Directors of such  Corporation  may
determine. Shares standing in the name of a deceased person, a minor, ward or an
incompetent person, may be voted by his administrator, executor, court appointed
guardian or conservator, either in person or by proxy without a transfer of such
shares into the name of such administrator,  executor,  court appointed guardian
or  conservator.  Shares  standing  in the name of a trustee may be voted by him
either in person or by proxy.

        Shares  standing  in the  name  of the  receiver  may be  voted  by such
receiver,  and shares held by or under the control of a receiver may be voted by
such receiver  without the transfer  thereof into his name if authority to do so
be contained  in an  appropriate  order of the court by which such  receiver was
appointed. A shareholder whose shares are pledged shall be entitled to vote such
shares until the shares have been transferred into the name of the pledgee,  and
thereafter  the pledgee  shall be  entitled  to vote the shares so  transferred.
Shares  of its own  stock  belonging  to this  Corporation  shall  not be voted,
directly or  indirectly,  at any meeting and shall not be counted in determining
the total number of outstanding  shares at any time, but shares of its own stock
held by it in a  fiduciary  capacity  may be  voted  and  shall  be  counted  in
determining the total number of outstanding shares at any given time.

        SECTION 10. Inspectors. At any meeting of shareholders,  the chairman of
the meeting may, or upon the request of any  shareholder,  shall  appoint one or
more persons as inspectors for such meeting. Such inspectors shall ascertain and
report  the  number of shares  represented  at the  meeting,  based  upon  their
determination of the validity and effect of proxies;  count all votes and report
the  results;  and do such other acts as are proper to conduct the  election and
voting with impartiality and fairness to all the shareholders. Each report of an
inspector  shall be in writing  and  signed by him or by a  majority  of them if
there be more than one inspector  acting at such meeting.  If there is more than
one inspector, the report of the majority shall be the report of the inspectors.
The report of the inspector or inspectors on the number of shares represented at
the meeting and the results of the voting shall be prima facie evidence thereof.

        SECTION 11. Informal Action by  Shareholders.  Any action required to be
taken at a meeting of the  shareholders,  or any other action which may be taken
at a meeting of the shareholders, may be taken without a meeting if a consent in
writing,  setting  forth  the  action  so  taken,  shall  be  signed  by all the
shareholders entitled to vote with respect to the subject matter thereof.

        SECTION 12. Voting by Ballot.  Voting on any question or in any election
may be viva voce unless the  presiding  officer  shall order or any  shareholder
shall demand that voting be by ballot.

        SECTION 13. Shareholder Business Proposals. At any annual meeting of the
Corporation's shareholders,  only such business shall be conducted as shall have
been  properly  brought  before the meeting.  To be properly  brought  before an
annual meeting,  business must be (a) specified in the notice of meeting (or any
supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the Board of Directors,  (b)
otherwise  properly  brought  before the meeting by or at the  direction  of the
Board of Directors,  or (c) otherwise  properly  brought before the meeting by a
shareholder.  Business  may be properly  brought  before an annual  meeting by a
shareholder only if written notice of the  shareholder's  intent to propose such
business has been given,  either by personal  delivery or by United States mail,
first class postage  prepaid,  to the Secretary of the Corporation no later than
ninety days in advance of such annual  meeting,  provided that in the event that
less than ninety  days' notice or prior  public  disclosure  of the date of such
annual meeting is given or made to shareholders,  the  shareholder's  submission
shall be timely if received by the Secretary of the  Corporation  not later than
the close of business on the tenth day following the day on which such notice of
the date of the meeting was mailed or such public disclosure was made (whichever
first  occurs).  Each notice of new  business  must set forth:  (i) the name and
address  of the  shareholder  who  intends to raise the new  business;  (ii) the
business  desired  to be  brought  forth  at the  meeting  and the  reasons  for
conducting  such  business  at the  meeting;  (iii) a  representation  that  the
shareholder is a holder of record of stock of the  Corporation  entitled to vote
with respect to such business and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the
meeting to move the  consideration  of such  business;  (iv) such  shareholder's
beneficial   ownership  of  the   Corporation's   voting  stock;  and  (v)  such
shareholder's  interest in such business. The chairman of the meeting may refuse
to acknowledge a motion to consider any business that he determines was not made
in compliance with the foregoing procedures.

        An adjourned meeting, if notice of the adjourned meeting is not required
to be given to shareholders, shall be regarded as a continuation of the original
meeting,  and any notice of new business  must meet the  foregoing  requirements
based  upon the date on which  notice  or public  disclosure  of the date of the
original  meeting was given or made. In the event of an adjourned  meeting where
notice of the  adjourned  meeting is required to be given to  shareholders,  any
notice of new  business  made by a  shareholder  with  respect to the  adjourned
meeting must meet the foregoing requirements based upon the date on which notice
or public disclosure of the date of the adjourned meeting was given or made.

        No  action  may be taken  by the  Board of  Directors  (whether  through
amendment  of the  Bylaws or  otherwise)  to  amend,  alter,  change or  repeal,
directly or  indirectly,  the  provisions of this Article II,  Section 13 of the
Bylaws,  unless  two-thirds of the  directors  (based on the number of directors
then authorized,  regardless of whether there are any vacancies) shall concur in
such action.


                                  ARTICLE III.
                               BOARD OF DIRECTORS

        SECTION 1. General  Powers.  The business and affairs of the Corporation
shall be managed by its Board of Directors which may exercise all such powers of
the  Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or
by the Articles of  Incorporation  or by these Bylaws directed or required to be
exercised or done by the shareholders.

        SECTION 2. Number,  Tenure and  Qualifications.  The number of directors
which  shall  constitute  the whole Board  shall be such  number,  not less than
twelve (12) nor more than sixteen (16),  as may be determined  from time to time
by vote of a majority of the entire Board of Directors.  The directors  shall be
divided  into three (3) classes each of which shall be as nearly equal in number
as possible except as provided in Section 3 of this Article. The directors shall
be elected at an annual  meeting of the  shareholders,  and shall hold an office
for a term of the lesser of (a) three (3) years or (b) until the end of the term
for the Class of Directors to which such Director has been elected and until his
successor is elected and qualified. A Director need not be a shareholder of this
Corporation.

        SECTION 3.  Vacancies.  Any vacancy  occurring in the Board of Directors
and any  directorship  to be filled by reason of an  increase  in the  number of
directors,  may be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining
directors  though  less than a quorum of the Board of  Directors.  Any  director
elected to fill a vacancy  created  other than by reason of an  increase  in the
number  of  directors  shall be  elected  for the  unexpired  term of his or her
predecessor in office.

        No  action  may be taken  by the  Board of  Directors  (whether  through
amendment  of the  Bylaws or  otherwise)  to  amend,  alter,  change or  repeal,
directly or  indirectly,  the  provisions of this Article III,  Section 3 of the
Bylaws,  unless  two-thirds of the  directors  (based on the number of directors
then authorized,  regardless of whether there are any vacancies) shall concur in
such action.

        SECTION 4. Regular Meetings. A regular meeting of the Board of Directors
shall be held without other notice than this Bylaw,  immediately  after,  and at
the same place as, the annual  meeting of  shareholders.  The Board of Directors
may provide,  by  resolution,  the time and place,  either within or without the
State of Iowa,  for the holding of  additional  regular  meetings  without other
notice than such resolution.

        SECTION 5. Special Meetings.  Special Meetings of the Board of Directors
may be called by or at the request of the  President or any two  directors.  The
person or persons  authorized to call special meetings of the Board of Directors
may fix any place,  either within or without the State of Iowa, as the place for
the holding of such meeting.

        SECTION 6. Notice. Notice shall be given at least 24 hours in advance of
the time set for such  meeting and may be given by  telephone  or  telegram.  If
notice  be given by  telegram,  such  notice  shall  deem to be  delivered  when
delivered to the telegraph  company.  Any director may waive notice of a meeting
by  written  waiver,  executed  either  before or after  the time  stated in the
notice.  Attendance  at a meeting  shall  constitute  a waiver of notice of such
meeting, except where a director attends such meeting for the express purpose of
objecting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully
called or convened.

        SECTION 7. Quorum.  A majority of the number of  directors  currently in
office shall  constitute a quorum for  transaction of business at any meeting of
the Board of Directors, provided, that if less than a majority of such number of
directors are present at said meeting,  a majority of the directors  present may
adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice.

        SECTION 8. Manner of Acting.  The act of the  majority of the  directors
present at a meeting at which a quorum is present  shall be the act of the Board
of Directors,  except as may be otherwise  specifically provided by statute, the
Articles of Incorporation or these Bylaws.  Members of the Board of Directors or
any committee  designated by such board,  may  participate  in a meeting of such
board or committee by conference telephone or similar  communications  equipment
by means of which all persons  participating in the meeting can hear each other,
and  participation  in a meeting  pursuant to this  provision  shall  constitute
presence in person at such meeting.

        SECTION 9. Informal Action.  Unless specifically  prohibited by statute,
the Articles of Incorporation  or these Bylaws,  any action required to be taken
at a meeting of the Board of  Directors,  or any other action which may be taken
at a meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof, may be taken
without a meeting if a consent in  writing,  setting  forth the action so taken,
shall be signed  by all the  directors  entitled  to vote  with  respect  to the
subject matter  thereof,  or by all the members of such committee and filed with
the minutes of  proceedings  of the Board or  committee  as the case may be. Any
such consent  signed by all the  Directors or all the members of such  committee
shall have the same effect as a unanimous vote, and may be stated as such in any
document filed with the Secretary of State, or issued for any other reason.

        SECTION 10. Compensation.  The Directors may be paid for their expenses,
if any, of attendance at such meeting of the Board of Directors, and may be paid
a fixed sum for  attendance  at each  meeting  of the Board of  Directors,  or a
stated  salary or fee as such  director.  No such  payment  shall  preclude  any
director  from  serving the  Corporation  in any other  capacity  and  receiving
compensation therefor.  Members of special or standing committees may be allowed
like compensation for attending committee meetings.

        SECTION 11.  Presumption of Assent. A Director of the Corporation who is
present at a meeting of the Board of Directors at which action on any  corporate
matter is taken shall be presumed to have  assented to the action  taken  unless
his  dissent  shall be entered in the  minutes of the meeting or unless he shall
file his written  dissent to such action with the person acting as the Secretary
of the meeting before the  adjournment  thereof or shall forward such dissent by
registered  mail to the  Secretary  of the  Corporation  immediately  after  the
adjournment  of the meeting.  Such right to dissent shall not apply to directors
who voted in favor of such action.

        SECTION 12. Removal of Directors.  The shareholders may at any time at a
meeting  expressly  called for that purpose  remove any or all of the directors,
for cause,  by a vote of  two-thirds  of the shares then  entitled to vote at an
election of directors.  For the purposes of this Section 12, removal "for cause"
shall mean that the  director to be removed has been  convicted of a felony by a
court of competent  jurisdiction  and such  conviction  is no longer  subject to
direct appeal, or that the director to be removed has been adjudged to be liable
for negligence or misconduct in the  performance of his duty to the  Corporation
by a court of competent  jurisdiction and such adjudication is no longer subject
to direct  appeal.  Any  vacancy in the Board of  Directors  resulting  from the
removal of a director shall be filled by majority vote of the remaining  members
of the Board of Directors.

        SECTION 13.  Committees  of  Directors.  The Board of Directors  may, by
resolution  passed by a majority  of the whole  board,  designate  an  executive
committee and/or one or more other committees,  each committee to consist of two
or more of the Directors of the  Corporation,  which,  to the extent provided in
the resolution, shall have and may exercise the powers of the Board of Directors
in the  management  of the  business  and  affairs  of the  Corporation  and may
authorize  the seal of the  Corporation  to be affixed  to all papers  which may
require it. Such committee or committees shall have such name or names as may be
determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors.

        The  Compensation  Committee  shall consist of no less than three and no
more than eight directors who are not at the time of their election employees of
the  Corporation or otherwise  entitled to participate  in any  compensation  or
incentive plan  administered  by the Committee,  except to the extent  otherwise
determined  by  a  majority  of  the  directors  who  are  not  members  of  the
Compensation Committee.  The Compensation Committee shall be responsible for all
executive   compensation  programs  of  the  Corporation,   including,   without
limitation,  stock incentive plans and shall evaluate and recommend to the Board
of Directors  compensation for executive officers.  It shall review summaries of
current  compensation  paid all other officers,  and shall  periodically  report
changes in the compensation plans for all officers and employees to the Board of
Directors.  It shall receive and review such reports of compensation and benefit
plan  administration  from the Corporation's  management as it may require.  The
Compensation  Committee shall also review, and make recommendations  concerning,
management structure and succession planning,  management retirement policy, and
officer  supervision  and training to assure the full  development of management
potential and an orderly succession of management.

        The Nominating  Committee  shall consist of not less than three nor more
than nine directors and shall be responsible for  establishing  criteria for the
election  of  directors,  reviewing  management's  evaluation  of  any  officers
proposed  for   nomination  to  the  Board  of  Directors,   and  reviewing  the
qualifications  of, and when  appropriate  interviewing,  candidates  who may be
proposed for  nomination to the Board of  Directors,  including  those  nominees
recommended by shareholders. The Committee shall be responsible for recommending
to the Board of Directors,  not less than 120 days prior to each annual  meeting
of the shareholders,  a slate of directors to be elected for the following year.
The Committee shall also perform such other duties in connection with the search
for qualified directors and the selection, election, or termination of directors
as the Board of Directors may request.

        The Audit  Committee  shall consist of not less than three nor more than
nine directors, a majority of whom shall be independent directors. The Committee
shall have general  oversight  responsibility  with respect to the Corporation's
financial reporting. In performing its oversight  responsibility,  the Committee
shall  make  recommendations  to the  Board of  Directors  as to the  selection,
retention, or change in the independent  accountants of the Corporation,  review
with the  independent  accountants  the  scope of their  examination  and  other
matters (relating to both audit and non-audit activities),  and review generally
the internal auditing procedures of the Corporation.  In addition, the Committee
shall  review   corporate   policies   relating  to  compliance  with  laws  and
regulations,  ethics,  and conflicts,  and  (consistent  with the NASDAQ listing
requirement)   it  shall  conduct  a  review  of  all  material   related  party
transactions on an ongoing basis. In undertaking the foregoing responsibilities,
the Audit Committee shall have  unrestricted  access,  if necessary,  to company
personnel and documents and shall be provided with the resources and  assistance
necessary to discharge its  responsibilities,  including  periodic  reports from
management  assessing  the impact of  regulation,  accounting,  and reporting or
other significant  matters that may affect the Corporation.  The Committee shall
have  authority  to appoint and dismiss the  Corporation's  director of internal
audit. The duties and responsibilities of the Audit Committee shall be set forth
in further  detail in a charter  developed by the  Committee,  provided that the
duties and  responsibilities  set forth therein  shall be  consistent  with this
Section 13 and any resolution passed by a majority of the Directors  relating to
the responsibilities of the Committee.

        In  addition,  the Board of  Directors  may, by  resolution  passed by a
majority of the Directors,  designate an executive  committee and/or one or more
other  committees,  each committee to consist of two or more of the Directors of
the Corporation, which, to the extent provided in the resolution, shall have and
may  exercise  the powers of the Board of  Directors  in the  management  of the
business and affairs of the Corporation. Such committee or committees shall have
such name or names as may be determined from time to time by resolution  adopted
by the Board of Directors.

        SECTION 14.  Committee  Minutes.  Each  committee  shall keep  regular  
minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board of Directors when 
required.

        SECTION 15. Shareholder  Nomination of Director  Candidates.  Subject to
the rights of holders of any class or series of stock having a  preference  over
the  Common  Stock as to  dividends  or upon  liquidation,  nominations  for the
election  of  directors  may be made by the Board of  Directors  or a  committee
appointed by the Board of Directors  or by any  shareholder  entitled to vote in
the election of directors  generally.  However, any shareholder entitled to vote
in the  election of  directors  generally  may  nominate one or more persons for
election as directors at a meeting only if written notice of such  shareholder's
intent to make such nomination or nominations has been given, either by personal
delivery or by United  States mail,  postage  prepaid,  to the  Secretary of the
Corporation  not later  than (i) with  respect to an  election  to be held at an
annual meeting of shareholders, ninety days prior to the anniversary date of the
records date set for the immediately  preceding  annual meeting of shareholders,
and  (ii)  with  respect  to an  election  to be held at a  special  meeting  of
shareholders  for the election of directors,  the close of business on the tenth
day  following  the date on  which  notice  of such  meeting  is first  given to
shareholders.  Each such notice shall set forth: (a) the name and address of the
shareholder  who intends to make the  nomination and of the person or persons to
be nominated; (b) a representation that the shareholder is a holder of record of
stock of the Corporation  entitled to vote at such meeting and intends to appear
in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the person or persons specified
in the notice;  (c) a description of all arrangements or understandings  between
the  shareholder  and each nominee and any other person or persons  (naming such
person or persons)  pursuant to which the  nomination or  nominations  are to be
made by the  shareholder;  (d) such other  information  regarding  each  nominee
proposed  by such  shareholder  as would be  required  to be included in a proxy
statement  filed  pursuant to the proxy  rules of the  Securities  and  Exchange
Commission,  had the nominee been nominated, or intended to be nominated, by the
Board of  Directors;  and (e) the consent of each nominee to serve as a director
of the  Corporation  if so  elected.  The  presiding  officer at the meeting may
refuse to acknowledge  the nomination of any person not made in compliance  with
the foregoing procedures.

        No  action  may be taken  by the  Board of  Directors  (whether  through
amendment  of the  Bylaws or  otherwise)  to  amend,  alter,  change or  repeal,
directly or indirectly,  the  provisions of this Article III,  Section 15 of the
Bylaws,  unless  two-thirds of the  directors  (based on the number of directors
then authorized,  regardless of whether there are any vacancies) shall concur in
such action.

                                   ARTICLE IV.
                                    OFFICERS

        SECTION 1. Number. The officers of the Corporation shall be a President,
Vice  President,  Secretary  and a Treasurer.  The Board of  Directors  may also
choose  additional  Vice  Presidents and one or more Assistant  Secretaries  and
Assistant  Treasurers.  Any two or more  offices may be held by the same person,
except that the offices of President and Secretary shall not be held by the same
person.

        SECTION 2. Election and Term of Office.  The officers of the Corporation
shall be elected  annually by the Board of Directors at the first meeting of the
Board of  Directors  held after each  annual  meeting  of  shareholders.  If the
election of officers  shall not be held at such meeting,  such election shall be
held as soon thereafter as  conveniently  may be. Each officer shall hold office
until his successor  shall have been duly elected or until his death or until he
shall resign or shall have been removed in the manner herein provided.  Election
or  appointment  of an  officer  or agent  shall not of itself  create  contract
rights.

        SECTION 3. Other Officers. The Board of Directors may appoint such other
officers and agents,  as it shall deem  necessary,  who shall hold their offices
for such terms and shall  exercise  such powers and perform such duties as shall
be determined from time to time by the Board.

        SECTION 4.  Removal.  Any officer or agent  elected or  appointed by the
Board of  Directors  may be removed  from  office by the  affirmative  vote of a
majority of the Board of Directors  at any meeting  whenever in its judgment the
best  interests of the  Corporation  would be served  thereby,  but such removal
shall be without  prejudice  to the  contract  rights,  if any, of the person so
removed.

        SECTION  5.  Vacancies.  A  vacancy  in any  office  because  of  death,
resignation, removal,  disqualification  or  otherwise,  and new  offices may be
filled  by the  Board of  Directors,  at any  meeting thereof for the unexpired 
portion of the term.

        SECTION 6.  President.  The President  shall be the principal  executive
officer of the Corporation  and shall, in general,  supervise and control all of
the business and affairs of the Corporation.  Unless  otherwise  provided by the
Board,  he shall  preside at all meetings of the  shareholders  and the Board of
Directors.  He may sign,  with the Secretary or any other proper  officer of the
Corporation  thereunto  authorized by the Board of Directors,  certificates  for
shares of the Corporation,  any deeds,  mortgages,  bonds,  contracts,  or other
instruments  which the Board of Directors has authorized to be executed,  except
in cases where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by
the Board of Directors or by these Bylaws to some other  officer or agent of the
Corporation, or shall be required by law to be otherwise signed or executed; and
in general shall perform all duties incident to the office of President and such
other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors from time to time.

        SECTION 7. Vice  President.  In the absence of the President,  or in the
event of his inability or refusal to act, the Vice President,  or if there shall
be more than one, the Vice  Presidents,  in the order determined by the Board of
Directors,  shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting, shall
have all powers of and be subject to all  restrictions  upon the President.  Any
Vice  President  may  sign,  with  the  Secretary  or  an  Assistant  Secretary,
certificates for shares of the Corporation;  and shall perform such other duties
as from time to time may be assigned to him by the  President or by the Board of
Directors.

        SECTION 8. Secretary.  The Secretary  shall:  (1) attend all meetings of
the Board of Directors and all meetings of the  shareholders  and record all the
proceedings of the meetings of the  Corporation and of the Board of Directors in
a book to be kept for  that  purpose  and  shall  perform  like  duties  for the
standing  committees  when required;  (2) see that all notices are duly given in
accordance with the provisions of these Bylaws or as required by law; (3) keep a
register of the post office address of each shareholder which shall be furnished
to the Secretary by such holder;  (4) have general  charge of the stock transfer
books of the  Corporation;  (5)  perform  all duties  incident  to the office of
Secretary  and such other  duties as from time to time may be assigned to him by
the  President  or by the  Board  of  Directors;  and (6)  have  custody  of the
corporate  seal of the  Corporation  and have authority to affix the same to any
instrument  requiring  it  and  when  so  affixed,  it may  be  attested  by his
signature.  The  Board of  Directors  may give  general  authority  to any other
officer to affix the seal of the  Corporation  and to attest the affixing by his
signature.

        SECTION 9. Assistant Secretary. The Assistant Secretary, or, if there be
more than one, the Assistant  Secretaries,  in the order determined by the Board
of Directors, shall, in the absence or disability of the Secretary,  perform the
duties and exercise  the powers of the  Secretary  and shall  perform such other
duties and have such  other  powers as the Board of  Directors  may from time to
time prescribe.

        SECTION 10. Treasurer.  The Treasurer shall: (1) have charge and custody
of and be  responsible  for all funds and  securities  of the  Corporation;  (2)
receive and give receipts for monies due and payable to the Corporation from any
source whatsoever, and deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name
and to the credit of the  Corporation  in such banks,  trust  companies or other
depositories as shall be designated by the Board of Directors;  (3) disburse the
funds of the  Corporation  as may be ordered by the Board of  Directors,  taking
proper vouchers for such  disbursements;  (4) keep full and accurate accounts of
receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation;  (5) render to
the President and the Board of Directors,  at its regular meetings,  or when the
Board of Directors so requires,  an account of all his transactions as Treasurer
and of the  financial  condition  of the  Corporation;  and (6)  perform all the
duties incident to the office of Treasurer and such other duties as from time to
time may be assigned to him by the  President or by the Board of  Directors.  If
required by the Board of Directors, give a bond in such sum and with such surety
or sureties as the Board of Directors may determine for the faithful performance
of the duties of his office and for the restoration to the Corporation,  in case
of his death,  resignation,  retirement  or removal from  office,  of all books,
papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in his possession or
under his control belonging to the Corporation.

        SECTION 11. Assistant Treasurer.  The Assistant  Treasurer,  or if there
shall be more than one, the Assistant Treasurers, in the order determined by the
Board of  Directors,  shall,  in the  absence or  disability  of the  Treasurer,
perform the duties and exercise the powers of the  Treasurer  and shall  perform
such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors  may from
time to time prescribe.

        SECTION 12.  Salaries.  The salaries of the officers shall be fixed from
time to time by the Board of Directors  and no officer  shall be prevented  from
receiving  such  salary by reason of the fact that he is also a director  of the
Corporation.

                                   ARTICLE V.
                           CONTRACTS, LOANS AND CHECKS

        SECTION 1.  Contracts.  The Board of Directors may authorize any officer
or officers,  agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute and deliver
any  instrument  in the  name of and on  behalf  of the  Corporation,  and  such
authority may be general or confined to specific instances.

        SECTION 2. Loans.  No loans shall be  contracted on behalf of the  
Corporation  and no evidences of indebtedness shall be issued in its name unless
authorized  by a resolution of the  Board of Directors.   Such authority  may be
general or confined to specific instances.

        SECTION 3. Checks,  Drafts, Etc. All checks,  drafts or other orders for
payment of money, notes or other evidences of indebtedness issued in the name of
the Corporation,  shall be signed by such officer or officers,  agent or agents,
of the  Corporation  and in such manner as shall from time to time be determined
by resolution of the Board of Directors.

                                   ARTICLE VI.
                                 INDEMNIFICATION


        SECTION 1. Indemnification. The Corporation shall indemnify every person
who is or was a party or involved (as a witness or otherwise)or is threatened to
be made a party or involved (as a witness or otherwise)  (hereafter  Indemnitee)
in any threatened,  pending or completed  action,  suit, or proceeding,  whether
civil,  criminal,  administrative,  or  investigative,  formal or informal,  and
whether or not by or in the right of the  Corporation or otherwise  (hereafter a
"Proceeding"),  by reason of the fact that he is or was a director,  officer, or
employee of the  Corporation,  or while a  director,  officer or employee of the
Corporation,  is or was  serving  at the  request  of the  Corporation  (or such
service  was  approved  by the  Corporate  Management  Committee  (committee  of
Executive  Officers  selected by the  President) or successor  committees)  as a
director,  officer,  partner,  trustee,  employee or agent of another foreign or
domestic corporation,  partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan,
or other  enterprise,  or by reason of any action  alleged to have been taken or
not taken by him while acting in any such capacity,  against expenses (including
counsel  fees  and  expenses  when  incurred)  (hereafter  "Expenses")  and  all
liability and loss, including judgment,  fine,  (including excise taxes assessed
with respect to an employee  benefit plan), and penalties and amounts paid or to
be paid in  settlement  (whether  with or  without  court  approval)  (hereafter
"Liabilities"),  actually incurred by him in connection with such Proceeding, to
the  fullest  extent  permitted  by law as the same exists or may  hereafter  be
amended  (but, in the case of any such  amendment,  only to the extent that such
amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than
said  law  permitted  the  Corporation  to  provide  prior  to such  amendment).
Notwithstanding anything in this Article to the contrary, except with respect to
a proceeding to enforce  rights to  indemnification  or  advancement of expenses
under  this  Article,   the  Corporation  shall  provide   indemnification   and
advancement of Expenses under this Article to persons seeking indemnification in
connection  with a proceeding  initiated by such person only if such  proceeding
was authorized by the Board of Directors.

        SECTION  2.  Advancement  of  Expenses.  The  right  to  indemnification
conferred in this Article shall include the right to be paid by the  Corporation
the Expenses  incurred in connection with the proceeding in advance of the final
disposition  thereof  promptly  after  receipt by the  Corporation  of a request
therefor stating in reasonable detail the Expenses incurred,  provided, however,
that to the extent  required by law, the payment of such  Expenses in advance of
the final  disposition of a proceeding shall be made only upon the Corporation's
receipt of an  undertaking  by or on behalf of such person to repay such amounts
if it shall  ultimately be determined  that he is not entitled to be indemnified
under this Article or otherwise (this  undertaking  need not be secured and must
be accepted without reference to the ability to repay).

        SECTION 3.  Determination.  Any  indemnification,  under these  Articles
(unless  ordered  by  court  or as  otherwise  provided  in  Section  2 for  the
advancement of expenses) shall be made by the  Corporation  upon a determination
that the  indemnification  of the  Indemnitee  is  proper  in the  circumstances
because he has met the applicable standard of conduct.  Such determination shall
be made (1) by the board of directors by majority vote of a quorum consisting of
directors not at the time parties to the  Proceeding,  (2) if a quorum cannot be
obtained,  by a majority  vote of a committee  duly  designated  by the board of
directors,  in which  designation  directors  who are parties  may  participate,
consisting  solely  of two or more  directors  not at the  time  parties  to the
proceeding,  (3) by special legal counsel  selected by the board of directors by
vote as set forth in clause  "(1) or (2)" of this  Section 3, if a quorum of the
board of  directors  cannot be obtained  and a committee  cannot be  designated,
selected by majority  vote of the full board of  directors,  in which  selection
directors  who are  parties may  participate,  or (4) by the  shareholders,  but
shares  owned by or voted  under the  control of  directors  who are at the time
parties to the proceeding shall not be voted on the determination.

        SECTION 4. Partial  Indemnification.  If a person is entitled under this
Article  to  indemnification  by  the  Corporation  for  some  or a  portion  of
Liabilities and Expenses but not, however, for all of the total amounts thereof,
the Corporation shall nevertheless indemnify such person for the portion thereof
to which he is entitled.

        SECTION 5.  Specific  Limitations  On  Indemnification.  Notwithstanding
anything in these Bylaws to the contrary, the Corporation shall not be obligated
to make any payment under this Article for  indemnification  for Liabilities and
Expenses  in  connection  with  Proceedings  settled  without the consent of the
Corporation, which consent, however, shall not be unreasonably withheld.

        SECTION  6.  Payment  and  Factual   Determinations.   If  a  claim  for
indemnification  or  advancement  of expenses  under this Article is not paid in
full by the  Corporation  within sixty (60) days after a written  claim has been
received by the  Corporation,  the claimant may, at any time  thereafter,  bring
suit  against the  Corporation  to recover the unpaid  amount of the claim.  The
claimant  shall also be entitled to be paid the  expenses  of  prosecuting  such
claim to the  extent  he is  successful  in whole  or in part on the  merits  or
otherwise in establishing his right to  indemnification or to the advancement of
expenses.

        SECTION 7. Other  Rights.  The right to  indemnification,  including the
right to the  advancement  of expenses,  conferred in this Article  shall not be
exclusive  of any other  rights  to which a person  seeking  indemnification  or
advancement  of  expenses  hereunder  may be  entitled  under  any  Articles  of
Incorporation,   Bylaws,  agreement,  vote  of  shareholders  or  directors,  or
otherwise.  Subject  to  applicable  law,  to the  extent  that  any  rights  to
indemnification  or  advancement  of  expenses  of such  person  under  any such
Articles of Incorporation,  Bylaw, agreement, vote of shareholders or directors,
or otherwise,  are broader or more favorable to such person, the broader or more
favorable rights shall control.

        The  Corporation  shall have the  express  authority  to enter into such
agreements as the Board of Directors deems  appropriate for the  indemnification
of,  including  the  advancement  of expenses to,  present or future  directors,
officers,  employees  and agents of the  Corporation  in  connection  with their
service  to,  or  status  with,  the  Corporation  or  any  other   corporation,
partnership,  joint venture,  trust or other enterprise,  including any employee
benefit plan, for whom such person is serving at the request of the Corporation.

        SECTION 8. Trust.  The Corporation may create a fund of any nature which
may, but need not, be under the control of a trustee,  or otherwise to secure or
insure in any manner its indemnification  obligations,  including its obligation
to advance  expenses,  whether  arising  under or  pursuant  to this  Article or
otherwise.

        SECTION  9.  Insurance.   The  corporation  may  purchase  and  maintain
insurance  on  behalf  of an  individual  who  is or  was a  director,  officer,
employee,  or  agent  of the  corporation,  or who,  while a  director,  officer
employee  or agent of the  corporation,  is or was serving at the request of the
corporation  as a  director,  officer,  partner,  trustee,  employee or agent of
another  foreign or domestic  corporation,  partnership,  joint venture,  trust,
employee benefit plan, or other enterprise,  against liability  asserted against
or incurred by that individual in that capacity or arising from the individual's
status  as  a  director,  officer,  employee,  or  agent,  whether  or  not  the
corporation  would have power to  indemnify  that  individual  against  the same
liability.

        SECTION 10. Contract. The right to indemnification,  including the right
to advancement of expenses  provided  herein,  shall be a contract right,  shall
continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director,  officer,  employee, or
to serve in any other of the capacities  described in Section 1, and shall inure
to  the  benefit  of  the  heirs,   personal   representatives,   executors  and
administrators of such person.  Notwithstanding  any amendment,  alteration,  or
repeal of this Article or any of its provisions or the adoption of any provision
inconsistent  with the Article or any of its  provisions,  any person,  shall be
entitled to indemnification, including the right to the advancement of expenses,
in  accordance  with the  provisions  hereof with respect to any action taken or
omitted  prior to such  amendment,  alteration,  or repeal or  adoption  of such
inconsistent provision, except to the extent such amendment, alteration, repeal,
or   inconsistent   provision   provides   broader   rights   with   respect  to
indemnification, including the advancement of expenses, than the Corporation was
permitted to provide prior to the amendment, alteration, repeal, or the adoption
of such inconsistent provision or to the extent otherwise prescribed by law.

        SECTION 11. Subrogation. In the event of any payment under this Article,
the Corporation  shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the
rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and take
all  action  necessary  to  secure  such  rights,  including  execution  of such
documents as are  necessary to enable the  Corporation  to bring suit to enforce
such rights.

        SECTION 12. Notice of Proceedings.  Indemnitee agrees promptly to notify
the  Corporation  in  writing  upon being  served  with any  summons,  citation,
subpoena, complaint,  indictment,  information or other document relating to any
Proceeding or matter which may be subject to  indemnification  or advancement of
Expenses  covered  hereunder,   but  Indemnitee's  omission  to  so  notify  the
Corporation  shall not relieve the  Corporation  from any liability which it may
have to Indemnitee under this Article unless such omission materially prejudices
the rights of the Corporation  (including  without  limitation,  the Corporation
having lost  significant  substantive  or procedural  rights with respect to the
defense of any  Proceeding).  If such  omission  does  materially  prejudice the
rights of the  Corporation,  the  Corporation  shall be relieved from  liability
under this Article only to the extent of such prejudice;  but such omission will
not relieve the  Corporation  from any liability which it may have to Indemnitee
otherwise than under this Article.

        SECTION  13.  Defense of Claims.  The  Corporation  will be  entitled to
participate  at its own expense in any  Proceeding  of which it has notice.  The
Corporation  jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified of any
Proceeding  will be entitled to assume the defense of Indemnitee  therein,  with
counsel reasonably satisfactory to Indemnitee. After notice from the Corporation
to  Indemnitee  of its  election  to assume  the  defense of  Indemnitee  in any
Proceeding,  the Corporation will not be liable to Indemnitee under this Article
for any Expenses  subsequently  incurred by Indemnitee  in  connection  with the
defense thereof,  except as otherwise provided below.  Indemnitee shall have the
right to employ its own counsel in any such Proceeding but the fees and expenses
of such counsel  incurred after notice from the Corporation of its assumption of
the  defense  thereof  shall be at the  expense of  Indemnitee  unless:  (i) the
employment of counsel by Indemnitee has been authorized by the  Corporation;  or
(ii) the  Corporation  shall not in fact have  employed  counsel to or cannot in
good faith without  conflict assume the defense of Indemnitee in such Proceeding
or such counsel has not in fact assumed such defense;  in each of which case the
fees and expenses of Indemnitee's counsel shall be advanced by the Corporation.

        SECTION 14.   Other  Entities.  The board of directors may by resolution
provide for indemnification  to  officers,  directors,  or  employees  of  other
entities  not  otherwise provided indemnification herein as it determines 
appropriate.

        SECTION 15. Employee Benefit Plans. A director,  officer, or employee is
considered to be serving an employee benefit plan at the  Corporation's  request
if such person's duties to the Corporation  also imposed duties on, or otherwise
involves  services  by,  that  person to the plan or to the  participants  in or
beneficiaries of the plan.

                                  ARTICLE VII.
                   CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES AND THEIR TRANSFER

        SECTION  1.  Certificates  for  Shares.  Every  holder  of shares in the
Corporation  shall be  entitled  to have a  certificate  in such  form as may be
determined by the Board of Directors.  Such certificates  shall be signed by the
President or Vice  President  and by the  Secretary or Assistant  Secretary  and
shall be sealed with the seal of the  Corporation  or a facsimile  thereof.  The
signatures  of the  President or Vice  President  and the Secretary or Assistant
Secretary or other persons signing for the Corporation upon a certificate may be
facsimiles.  If  the  certificate  is  countersigned  by  a  transfer  agent  or
registered  by a  registrar,  the  signatures  of the  person  signing  for such
transfer agent or registrar also may be facsimiles. In case any officer or other
authorized  person who has signed or whose  facsimile  signature  has been place
upon such certificate for the Corporation,  shall have ceased to be such officer
or employee or agent before such certificate is issued,  it may be issued by the
Corporation with the same effect as if he were such officer or employee or agent
at the date of its issue.  All  certificates  for shares shall be  consecutively
numbered  or  otherwise  identified.  The name of the  person to whom the shares
represented  thereby  are  issued,  with the number of shares and date of issue,
shall be entered on the books of the Corporation.  All certificates  surrendered
to the Corporation  for transfer shall be canceled and no new certificate  shall
be issued  until the former  certificate  for a like number of shares shall have
been  surrendered  and  canceled,  except that in case of a lost,  destroyed  or
mutilated  certificate  a new one may be issued  therefor  upon  such  terms and
indemnity to the Corporation as the Board of Directors may prescribe.

        SECTION 2.  Transfer of Shares.  Transfers of shares of the  Corporation
shall be made  only on the  books of the  Corporation  by the  holder  of record
thereof or by his legal  representative,  who shall furnish  proper  evidence of
authority  to  transfer,  or by his attorney  thereunto  authorized  by power of
attorney duly executed and filed with the Secretary of the  Corporation,  and on
surrender for  cancellation of the  certificate  for such shares.  The person in
whose  name  shares  stand on the books of the  Corporation  shall be deemed the
owner thereof for all purposes as regards the Corporation.

        SECTION 3. Registered Shareholder.  The Corporation shall be entitled to
recognize the exclusive  right of a person  registered on its books as the owner
of shares to  receive  dividends,  and to vote as such  owner,  and shall not be
bound to recognize  any equitable or other claim to, or interest in, such shares
on the part of any other  person,  whether or not it shall have express or other
notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by law.

                                  ARTICLE VIII.
                                   FISCAL YEAR

        SECTION 1.  Fiscal Year. This Corporation shall operate on a fiscal year
basis beginning September 1 of each year and ending August 31 of the following 
year.

                                   ARTICLE IX.
                                    DIVIDENDS

        SECTION 1.  Dividends.  The Board of Directors,  from time to time,  may
declare, and the Corporation may pay, dividends on its outstanding shares in the
manner and upon the terms and  conditions  provided  by law and its  Articles of
Incorporation.

                                   ARTICLE X.
                                WAIVER OF NOTICE

        SECTION 1. Waiver of Notice. Whenever any notice is required to be given
under the provisions of the statutes or of the Articles of  Incorporation  or of
these  Bylaws,  a waiver  thereof  in  writing,  signed by the person or persons
entitled to said notice,  whether before or after the time stated therein, shall
be deemed equivalent thereto.

                                   ARTICLE XI.
                                   AMENDMENTS

        SECTION 1. Amendments.  Except where otherwise specifically noted, these
Bylaws may be altered,  amended or repealed and new Bylaws may be adopted at any
meeting of the Board of Directors of the  Corporation  by a majority vote of the
directors present at the meeting.






Number                                               SHARES
          COMMON STOCK                               THIS CERTIFICATE IS
                                                     TRANSFERABLE IN THE CITIES
                                                     OF NEW YORK OR BOSTON
          PAR VALUE
          $1.00 PER SHARE                            CUSIP 723686 10 1


               PIONEER HI-BRED INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                    INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF IOWA


          This Certifies that
          S P E C I M E N See Reverse for Certain Definitions is the owner of

          FULL PAID AND NON-ASSESSBLE SHARES OF THE COMMON STOCK OF

Pioneer Hi-Bred           Pioneer Hi-Bred International,Inc.,transferable on
                          the books of the Corporation by the
International, Inc.       holder hereof in person or by Attorney upon surrender 
                          of this Certificate properly endorsed. This Seal
Corporate                 Certificate is not valid until  countersigned by
                          the Transfer Agent and Registered by the Registrar.
Des                       Moines,  Iowa Witness the seal of said Corporation and
                          the signatures of its duly authorized officers.

     Dated:
     /s/Charles S. Johnson                  COUNTERSIGNED AND REGISTERED:
        Chairman, President and CEO              BankBoston, N.A.
    /s/Jerry L. Chicoine                    TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR,
        Secretary                           BY: /s/Mary Penezic
                                                           AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE




<PAGE>




          This  certificate  also  evidences  and entitles the holder  hereof to
certain  rights  as set  forth in a Rights  Agreement  between  Pioneer  Hi-Bred
International,  Inc.  and  the  First  National  Bank  of  Boston  (the  "Rights
Agreement"),  the terms of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference and
a copy of which is on file at the principal executive offices of Pioneer Hi-Bred
International,  Inc.  Under  certain  circumstances,  as set forth in the Rights
Agreement,  such Rights will be evidenced by separate  certificates  and will no
longer be evidenced by this  certificate.  Pioneer Hi-Bred  International,  Inc.
will  mail to the  holder of this  certificate  a copy of the  Rights  Agreement
without  charge after  receipt of a written  request  therefor from such holder.
Under certain circumstances set forth in the Rights Agreement, Rights issued to,
or held by,  any  Person  who is,  was or  becomes  an  Acquiring  Person  or an
Affiliate  or Associate  thereof (as defined in the Amended and Restated  Rights
Agreement) and certain related persons,  whether  currently held by or on behalf
of such Person or by any subsequent holder, may become null and void.

          The following abbreviations,  when used in the inscription on the face
of this certificate,  shall be construed as though they were written out in full
according to applicable laws or regulations:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

    TEN COM - as tenants in common     UNIF GIFT MIN ACT            Custodian
                                                          ----------          --------------
<S>                                                                   <C>           <C>    
                                                                      (Cust)        (Minor)
    TEN ENT - as tenants by the entireties                          under Uniform Gifts to Minors
                                                                    Act
                                                                        ----------------------
                                                                             (State)
</TABLE>

    JT TEN -  as joint tenants with right of
             survivorship and not as tenants
             in common
            Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above
            list

For value  received,  __________  hereby sell,  assign and transfer  unto PLEASE
INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER
    IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE

- --------------------------------------

PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS INCLUDING POSTAL ZIP CODE OF
ASSIGNEE.

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------  Shares
of the capital  stock  represented by the  within Certificate and do  hereby 
irrevocably constitute  and appoint__________________________________Attorney to
transfer the said  stock on the books of the  within named Corporation with full
power of substitution in the premises.

Dated ___________________________

                                           ------------------------------





Pioneer Hi-Bred International, Inc.
400 Locust Street 700 Capital Square
Des Moines, IA 50309

Re: Registration Statement on Form S-8 for 25,000 Shares of Common Stock

Ladies and Gentlemen:

I have  examined  the  Registration  Statement  on  Form  S-8  (the"Registration
Statement")  to  be  filed  by  Pioneer  Hi-Bred  International  Inc.,  an  Iowa
corporation  (the  "Company"),  with the Securities  and Exchange  Commission in
connection  with  the  registration   under  the  Securities  Act  of  1933,  as
amended(the  "Securities  Act"), of 25,000 shares of the Company's Common Stock,
par value $1 per share (the "Common  Stock"),  reserved  for issuance  under the
Pioneer Hi-Bred International, Inc. Director Stock Program (the "Plan").

As Corporate Counsel for the Company, I have examined the Company's  Certificate
of Incorporation and Bylaws and the records of certain corporate proceedings and
actions taken by the Company in connection with the Plan.

Based upon the foregoing and in reliance  thereon,  I am of the opinion that the
shares of Common Stock being offered under the Plans, when issued, in accordance
with the  provisions  of the  plans,  will be  validly  issued,  fully  paid and
nonassessable.

I hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration
Statement.

 /s/ William J. DeMeulenaere
     -----------------------
     William J. DeMeulenaere







                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' CONSENT

The Board of Directors
Pioneer Hi-Bred International, Inc.:

We consent to the use of our reports incorporated herein by reference.


                                               /s/ KPMG Peat Marwick LLP
                                                   KPMG Peat Marwick LLP


Des Moines, Iowa
September 10, 1998







© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission